# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
#
# Translators:
# Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>, 2017
# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-14 13:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
"language/ja/)\n"
"Language: ja\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
msgstr "WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --dav"
msgstr "diskdrake --dav"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
"dav</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターで見つかり、ネットワーク共有 タブの <guilabel>WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディ"
"レクトリにアクセス</guilabel>と書かれているものです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "はじめに"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
"server."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> は"
"ウェブ サーバのディレクトリをローカルにマウントできるようにするためのプロトコ"
"ルです。これはローカル ディレクトリとして見えます。リモート マシンでは "
"WebDAV サーバが動作している必要があります。WebDAV サーバを設定することはこの"
"ツールの目的ではありません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
msgid "Creating a new entry"
msgstr "新しいエントリを作成する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
msgid ""
"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
msgstr ""
"このツールの最初の画面は既に設定済みのエントリがあればそれを表示し、他には"
"<guibutton>新規</guibutton>ボタンがあります。新しいエントリを作成するにはそれ"
"を使用します。新しい画面にサーバの URL を書き込みます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
msgid ""
"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
"it, if needed."
msgstr ""
"次に幾つかの操作を選択するためのラジオ ボタンのある画面が表示されます。"
"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton>のラジオ ボタンを選択して "
"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックして続行します。<guibutton>Server</"
"guibutton> は既に設定済みですが、必要があれば修正します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
msgid ""
"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
"point."
msgstr ""
"リモート ディレクトリの内容はこのマウント ポイントを通してアクセスできるよう"
"になります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
msgid ""
"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
msgstr ""
"次の段階では、あなたのユーザ名とパスワードを入力します。幾つかの他のオプショ"
"ンが必要であれば、<guibutton>上級</guibutton>画面で入力することができます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
msgid ""
"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
"access."
msgstr ""
"オプションの<guibutton>マウント</guibutton>ではすぐにマウントを行うことができ"
"ます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
msgid ""
"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
msgstr ""
"ラジオ ボタン<guibutton>完了</guibutton>で設定を受け入れた後、最初の画面が再"
"度表示され、新しいマウント ポイントが一覧に追加されます。<guibutton>終了</"
"guibutton>を選択した後、<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> に変更を保存するかど"
"うかを質問されます。リモート ディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にしたいので"
"あればこのオプションを選択してください。設定を一度だけ使用するのであれば、こ"
"れを保存しないでください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
msgstr "ハードディスクのパーティションを共有する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
"fileshare</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
msgid ""
"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
msgstr ""
"このシンプルなツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は、管理者であ"
"るあなたに対して、ユーザが自分の /home のサブ ディレクトリの一部を他の Linux "
"や Windows のオペレーティング システムを実行しているコンピュータが存在する可"
"能性のある同一ネットワークのユーザと共有させることを可能にします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
msgstr ""
"これは Mageia コントロール センターで見つかり、ローカル ディスク タブに "
"\"ハード ディスクのパーティションを共有\" と書かれています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
msgid ""
"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
msgstr ""
"はじめに、質問に答えます : \"<guilabel>ユーザに一部のディレクトリの共有を許可"
"しますか?</guilabel>\" すべてのユーザに対して共有しない場合は<guibutton>共有"
"しない</guibutton>を、すべてのユーザに対して共有する場合は<guibutton>すべての"
"ユーザに許可</guibutton>を、ユーザによって異なる場合は<guibutton>カスタム</"
"guibutton>をクリックします。最後の場合においては、自分のディレクトリを共有し"
"たいユーザは fileshare グループに属していなければならず、これはシステムによっ"
"て自動的に作られます。これについては後で訊かれます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
msgid ""
"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
"required packages will be installed if necessary."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> をクリックすると二番目の画面が現れ、<guibutton>NFS</"
"guibutton> か <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> を選択します。<guibutton>NFS</"
"guibutton> はネットワーク上に Linux のオペレーティング システムしかない場合"
"に、<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> はネットワークに Linux と Windows の両方のマシ"
"ンがある場合にクリックし、次に <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。イ"
"ンストールする必要のあるパッケージがあればインストールされます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
msgid ""
"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
msgstr ""
"カスタム オプションが選択されていなければ設定はこれで完了です。その場合、追加"
"の画面が現れて Userdrake の実行を促します。このツールはユーザを fileshare グ"
"ループに追加して自分のディレクトリを共有できるようにします。ユーザ タブでは、"
"ユーザをクリックして fileshare グループに追加し、<guimenuitem>編集</"
"guimenuitem>をクリックします。グループ タブでは、fileshare グループをチェック"
"して <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。Userdrake についての詳しい情"
"報は、<xref linkend=\"userdrake\">このページ</xref>を参照してください"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
msgid ""
"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
msgstr ""
"新しくユーザを fileshare グループに追加する際、変更を反映するためにネットワー"
"クを一度切断して再接続する必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
msgid ""
"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
"have this facility."
msgstr ""
"以降、fileshare グループに所属するユーザは自分のファイル マネージャの中でディ"
"レクトリを共有するかどうかを選択することができるようになりますが、すべての"
"ファイル マネージャにこの機能があるわけではありません。"

#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
msgid "en"
msgstr "ja"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
msgstr "NFS 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
msgid "."
msgstr "."

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
"nfs</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
"user with tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では幾つかの共有ディレク"
"トリを同一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセスできるようになることを示すことが"
"できます。これに使用されるプロトコルは NFS で、大部分の Linux や Unix システ"
"ムで利用可能です。共有ディレクトリはブート時から前述した通りに利用できるよう"
"になります。共有ディレクトリはユーザがファイル ブラウザのようなツールで単一の"
"セッションで直接アクセスすることもできます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
msgid "Procedure"
msgstr "手順"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
"which share directories."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択するとディレクトリを共有するサーバの"
"一覧を取得します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
msgid ""
"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr ""
"サーバ名の前の > シンボルをクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示されアク"
"セスしたいディレクトリを選択します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
msgid ""
"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
"to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton>ボタンが利用可能になり、ディレクトリ"
"をマウントする場所を指定します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
msgstr ""
"マウント ポイントを選択した後、これをマウントすることができます。<guibutton>"
"オプション</guibutton>ボタンでは幾つかのオプションの確認や変更もできます。"
"ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
msgid ""
"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
"browser, for example in Dolphin."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示され"
"て \"/etc/fstab の変更を保存しますか?\" と質問されます。これはネットワークが"
"利用できる場合にこのディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディ"
"レクトリはその後 Dolphin などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようにな"
"ります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
msgid "CD/DVD burner"
msgstr "CD/DVD 書き込みドライブ"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
msgid "diskdrake --removable"
msgstr "diskdrake --removable"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
"removable</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターのローカル ディスク タブで見つかり、取り外し可能ハードウェア (CD/DVD と"
"フロッピーのドライブのみ) に応じた名前が付けられています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
msgstr ""
"これの目的はお使いの取り外し可能ディスクをマウントする方法を明確にすることで"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
msgid ""
"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr ""
"ウィンドウの上部にはお使いのハードウェアの短い説明と選択済みのマウント オプ"
"ションが表示されています。下部のメニューでこれらを変更します。変更する項目を"
"チェックしたら <guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタンを押します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
msgid "Mount point"
msgstr "マウント ポイント"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
msgid ""
"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
msgstr ""
"これをチェックするとマウント ポイントを変更します。既定値は /media/cdrom で"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
msgid "Options"
msgstr "オプション"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
msgid ""
"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
msgstr ""
"多数のマウント オプションがここで選択でき、一覧から直接追加するか<guilabel>上"
"級</guilabel>のサブ メニューから追加します。主なものは以下です:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
msgid "user/nouser"
msgstr "user/nouser"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
msgid ""
"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
"the only one who can umount it."
msgstr ""
"user は一般ユーザ (root ではない) が取り外し可能ディスクのマウントをできるよ"
"うにし、このオプションは noexec, nosuid, nodev のオプション指定を伴います。"
"ディスクをマウントしたユーザだけがそれをマウント解除できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
msgstr "Windows (Samba) 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
msgid "diskdrake --smb"
msgstr "diskdrake --smb"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
"smb</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
"tools such as file browsers."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では共有ディレクトリを同"
"一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセスできるようになることを示すことができま"
"す。これに使用されるプロトコルは SMB で、Windows(R) システムで普及しているも"
"のです。共有ディレクトリはブート時から直接利用できます。共有ディレクトリは"
"ユーザがファイル ブラウザのようなツールで単一のセッションで直接アクセスするこ"
"ともできます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
msgid ""
"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr ""
"このツールを開始する前に、利用可能なサーバの名前を <xref linkend=\"drakhosts"
"\"/> などで付けておくとよいでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
msgid ""
"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
"share directories."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択すると、ディレクトリを共有している"
"サーバの一覧が得られます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
msgid ""
"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
msgstr ""
"サーバ名とその前にある &gt; をクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示さ"
"れ、アクセスしたいディレクトリを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
"have to specify where to mount the directory."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton>ボタンが押せるようになり、どこにディ"
"レクトリをマウントするかを指定する必要があります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
msgid ""
"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"マウント ポイントを選択した後、<guimenu>マウント</guimenu>ボタンでこれをマウ"
"ントできます。<guibutton>オプション</guibutton>ボタンでは幾つかのオプションの"
"確認や変更も行えます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
msgid ""
"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
"with the same button."
msgstr ""
"オプションでは、SMB サーバに接続するためのユーザ名とパスワードを指定すること"
"ができます。ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができま"
"す。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
msgstr ""
"完了 ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示されて \"/etc/fstab の変更を"
"保存しますか?\" と質問されます。これはネットワークが利用できる場合にこのディ"
"レクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディレクトリはその後 Dolphin "
"などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようになります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:3
msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
msgstr "3D デスクトップ効果"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drak3d.xml:5
msgid "drak3d"
msgstr "drak3d"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:10
msgid "drak3d.png"
msgstr "drak3d.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:18
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:17
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではお使いのオペレーティ"
"ング システム上の 3D デスクトップ効果を管理できます。3D 効果は既定では無効に"
"なっています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:25
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "開始する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:27
msgid ""
"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
"start."
msgstr ""
"このツールを用いるには、glxinfo パッケージがインストールされている必要があり"
"ます。このパッケージがインストールされていない場合、drak3d を開始できるように"
"するために事前にそれを行うように促されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:31
msgid ""
"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
msgstr ""
"drak3d を開始した後、メニュー ウィンドウが表示されます。ここで <guilabel>3D "
"デスクトップ効果なし</guilabel>もしくは <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> を"
"選択できます。Compiz Fusion はコンポジット/ウィンドウ マネージャの一部で、"
"ハードウェア アクセラレーションによるデスクトップ特殊効果を含んでいます。これ"
"を有効にするには <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> を選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:38
msgid ""
"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
"guibutton> button to continue."
msgstr ""
"Mageia をクリーン インストールした後にこのプログラムを初めて使用する場合、"
"Compiz Fusion を使用するためにどのパッケージがインストールされている必要があ"
"るかを知らせる警告メッセージが表示されます。<guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタン"
"を押すと続行します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:45
msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:49
msgid ""
"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
"for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
"いったん適切なパッケージがインストールされると、Compiz Fusion が drak3d のメ"
"ニューで選択されていることに気づくでしょう。しかし、変更を反映するにはログア"
"ウトした後で再ログインしなければなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:53
msgid ""
"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
msgstr ""
"再度ログインした後、Compiz Fusion が有効になります。Compiz Fusion を設定する"
"には、ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) ツールのページを参照してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:59
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "トラブルシューティング"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drak3d.xml:62
msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
msgstr "ログイン後にデスクトップが表示されない"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:64
msgid ""
"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
msgstr ""
"Compiz Fusion を有効にした後にお使いのデスクトップに再ログインしようとしても"
"何も表示されない場合、お使いのコンピュータを再起動してログイン画面に戻ってく"
"ださい。そうしたら、デスクトップ アイコンをクリックしてdrak3d を選択します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drak3d.xml:71
msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drak3d.xml:75
msgid ""
"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
"log in problem."
msgstr ""
"ログインすると、お使いのアカウントが管理者として登録されている場合にはパス"
"ワードを再度入力するよう促されます。そうでなければ、そのアカウントで管理者ロ"
"グインを行います。その後ログインの問題の原因となった可能性のある変更を取り消"
"すことができます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakauth.xml:9
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "認証"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakauth.xml:11
msgid "drakauth"
msgstr "drakauth"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakauth.xml:16
msgid "drakauth.png"
msgstr "drakauth.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではこのマシンもしくは"
"ネットワークのユーザとして認識できるようにする方法を変更できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakauth.xml:25
msgid ""
"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
"and give information about that."
msgstr ""
"既定では、あなたの認証情報はお使いのコンピュータに保存されます。ネットワーク"
"管理者があなたにこれを変更するよう促してその情報を提供した場合にのみこれを変"
"更してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
msgstr "自動ログインを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
msgid "drakautologin"
msgstr "drakautologin"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
msgid "drakautologin.png"
msgstr "drakautologin.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakautologin</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は同じユーザが自動的にパ"
"スワードなしでそのユーザのデスクトップ環境にログインすることを可能にします。"
"これは自動ログインと呼ばれます。これは一般的にはこのマシンを一人しか使用して"
"いないような場合において良い考えです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
msgid ""
"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
msgstr ""
"これは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">起動</emphasis>"
"タブで見つかり、\"自動ログインを設定\" と書かれています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
msgstr "インターフェースのボタンはとても明白です:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
msgid ""
"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
msgstr ""
"ブート後に X Window System を実行したい場合は、<guibutton>システム開始時にグ"
"ラフィカル環境を起動する</guibutton>をチェックします。そうでなければ、システ"
"ムはテキスト モードで開始します。その場合でも、グラフィック インターフェース"
"を手動で起動することは可能です。コマンド 'startx' もしくは 'systemctl start "
"dm' を実行することでこれが行えます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
msgid ""
"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"最初のボックスがチェックされている場合、二つの他のオプションが利用でき、ユー"
"ザ (とパスワード) を質問するようにし続けたい場合の<guibutton>自動ログインを使"
"わない</guibutton>か、自動ログインが必要である場合の<guibutton>以下のユーザと"
"デスクトップで自動的にログインする</guibutton>のいずれかをチェックします。こ"
"の場合、<guilabel>既定のユーザ</guilabel>と<guilabel>既定のデスクトップ</"
"guilabel>も指定する必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakboot.xml:3
msgid "Set up boot system"
msgstr "システムの起動を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakboot.xml:5
msgid "drakboot"
msgstr "drakboot"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:10
msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:14
msgid ""
"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
"(ESP)."
msgstr ""
"BIOS ではなく UEFI のシステムをお使いであれば、ユーザ インターフェースは少し"
"だけ異なり、ブート デバイスは明らかに EFI システム パーティション (ESP) とな"
"ります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:20
msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
"boot, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではブート オプション "
"(ブート ローダの選択, パスワードの設定, 既定の起動項目など) の設定が行えま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:29
msgid ""
"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
"boot system\"."
msgstr ""
"これは Mageia コントロール センターの起動タブで見つかり、\"システムの起動を設"
"定\" と書かれています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:33
msgid ""
"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
msgstr ""
"何をしているのかを正確に分かっていないのであればこのツールを使用しないでくだ"
"さい。幾つかの設定を変更するとお使いのマシンが二度と起動しなくなる可能性があ"
"ります!"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:38
msgid ""
"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
msgstr ""
"最初のパートは<guilabel>ブート ローダ</guilabel>と呼ばれ、BIOS を使用している"
"場合は、<guibutton>使用するブート ローダ</guibutton>を Grub, Grub2, Lilo の中"
"から選択することができ、グラフィカル メニューとテキスト メニューも選択できま"
"す。これは単に好みの問題で、他に重要なことはありません。また、<guibutton>起動"
"デバイス</guibutton>も設定することができ、ここは上級者以外は変更しないでくだ"
"さい。この起動デバイスはブート ローダがインストールされた場所で何か変更を行う"
"とお使いのマシンが起動しなくなる可能性があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:46
msgid ""
"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
"to all operating systems installed."
msgstr ""
"UEFI システムでは、ブート ローダは <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> となり、こ"
"れは /boot/EFI パーティションにインストールされます。この FAT32 でフォーマッ"
"トされたパーティションはすべてのインストール済みのオペレーティング システムに"
"共通のものです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:50
msgid ""
"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
msgstr ""
"二番目のパートは<guilabel>メイン オプション</guilabel>と呼ばれ、<guibutton>既"
"定のイメージが起動するまでの秒数</guibutton>を秒単位で設定できます。この時間"
"だけ、Grub や Lilo は起動可能なオペレーティング システムの一覧を表示し、あな"
"たによる選択を促します。どれも選択されない場合、ブート ローダはその時間が経過"
"すると既定の項目を起動します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:57
msgid ""
"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
msgstr ""
"三番目で最後のパートは<guibutton>セキュリティ</guibutton>と呼ばれ、ブート "
"ローダにパスワードを設定することができます。これは起動時に起動エントリを選択"
"するか設定の変更を行う際にユーザ名とパスワードが訊かれることを意味します。"
"ユーザ名は \"root\" でパスワードはここで選択されたものです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:63
msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンは幾つかの追加のオプションを提供します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:66
msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI を有効にする</guibutton>:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:68
msgid ""
"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
"compatible."
msgstr ""
"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) は電源管理の標準です。これ"
"は使用されていないデバイスを停止することでエネルギーを節約でき、これは APM よ"
"り前に使用されていた方式でした。お使いのコンピュータが ACPI に対応している場"
"合はこのボックスをチェックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:73
msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>SMP を有効にする</guibutton>:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:75
msgid ""
"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
"multicore processors."
msgstr ""
"SMP は Symmetric Multi Processors を表し、これはマルチ コア プロセッサ向けの"
"アーキテクチャです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:79
msgid ""
"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
"processor and enable SMP."
msgstr ""
"ハイパー スレッディング対応のプロセッサをお持ちの場合、Mageia はこれを二つの"
"プロセッサとして扱い、SMP を有効にします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:83
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
"guibutton>"
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>APIC を有効にする</guibutton> と <guibutton>ローカル APIC を有効に"
"する</guibutton>:"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:86
msgid ""
"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
"APIC."
msgstr ""
"APIC は Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller を表しています。Intel "
"APIC システムには二つのコンポーネントが存在し、ローカル APIC (LAPIC) と I/O "
"APIC があります。後者は割り込みを管理し、周辺のバスからプロセッサ内の一つ以上"
"のローカル APIC に受信します。これはマルチ プロセッサ システムにおいて非常に"
"有用です。幾つかのコンピュータは APIC システムで問題が発生し、フリーズや不正"
"確なデバイス検出 (エラー メッセージ \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\") を引"
"き起こすことがあります。この場合、APIC やローカル APIC を無効化します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:97
msgid "drakboot1.png"
msgstr "drakboot1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:101
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
"loader you chose."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>の画面は選択したブート ローダによって異なります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:106
msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
msgstr "Grub Legacy もしくは Lilo の場合:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:108
msgid ""
"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
"able to use these tools."
msgstr ""
"この場合、起動時にすべての選択可能なエントリの一覧を見ることができます。既定"
"の項目はアスタリスクが付いています。メニュー エントリの順番を変更するには、上"
"下矢印をクリックして選択された項目を移動します。<guibutton>追加</guibutton>も"
"しくは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタンをクリックした場合、ブート ローダのメ"
"ニューに新しいエントリを追加したり既存の項目を編集したりするための新しいウィ"
"ンドウが現れます。これらのツールを用いるには、Lilo もしくは Grub についてよく"
"知っている必要があります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:118
msgid "drakboot2.png"
msgstr "drakboot2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:122
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
"example: Mageia3."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>ラベル</guilabel>フィールドは自由に記述でき、ここにはメニューに表示"
"したい内容を記述します。これは Grub の \"title\" コマンドに相当します。例: "
"Mageia3"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:126
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>フィールドはカーネルの名前を含みます。これは "
"Grub の \"kernel\" コマンドに相当します。例えば /boot/vmlinuz です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:129
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>root</guilabel> フィールドはカーネルが保存されているデバイス名を含"
"みます。これは Grub の \"root\" コマンドに相当します。例えば (hd0,1) です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
"the kernel at boot time."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>追加文字列</guilabel>フィールドは起動時にカーネルに渡されるオプショ"
"ンを含みます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:136
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
"entry by default."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>がチェックされている場合、Grub はこのエントリ"
"を既定で起動します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:139
msgid ""
"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ モード</"
"guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> ファイル, <guilabel>ネットワーク プロ"
"ファイル</guilabel> (<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> を参照) をドロップ ダ"
"ウン リストで選択できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:147
msgid ""
"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
msgstr ""
"Grub2 もしくは Grub2-efi の場合 (Legacy モードで既定で用いられるブート ローダ"
"と UEFI モード):"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:150
msgid ""
"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
"one."
msgstr ""
"この場合、<guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>と書かれたドロップ ダウン リストがす"
"べての選択可能なエントリを表示します; 既定の項目にしたいものをクリックしてく"
"ださい。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:156
msgid "drakboot3.png"
msgstr "drakboot3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:163
msgid ""
"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
"他のオペレーティング システムがインストールされている場合、Mageia はお使いの "
"Mageia の起動メニューにそれらを追加しようとします。この動作を望まない場合、"
"<guilabel>他の OS がないか調べる</guilabel>のチェックを外してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:167
msgid ""
"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ モード</"
"guilabel>が選択できます。Mageia をブート可能にすることを望まず、他の OS から"
"チェイン ロードしたいのであれば、<guilabel>ESP や MBR に書き込まない</"
"guilabel>をチェックして警告を受け入れてください。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:175
msgid "drakboot6.png"
msgstr "drakboot6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:180
msgid ""
"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
"unless chain loaded from another OS."
msgstr ""
"ESP にも MBR にもインストールしないことはそのシステムが他の OS からチェイン "
"ロードされない限り起動できないことを意味します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakboot.xml:184
msgid ""
"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
msgstr ""
"多くの他のパラメータを設定するには <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> とい"
"うツールを用いることができ、Mageia のリポジトリで利用可能です (下記参照)。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakboot.xml:190
msgid "drakboot4.png"
msgstr "drakboot4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
msgstr "ログやシステム情報をバグ報告のために収集する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
msgid "drakbug_report"
msgstr "drakbug_report"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakbug_report</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はコマンド ライン上でしか"
"開始や使用ができません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
msgid ""
"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
"several GBs large."
msgstr ""
"このコマンドの出力はファイルに保存することが推奨されます。例えば <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> となります。しか"
"し、まずは十分なディスク領域があるかを確認してください: このファイルは容易に"
"数 GB の大きさになりえます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
msgid ""
"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
"the unneeded parts."
msgstr ""
"出力は、まず不要な部分を除かないとバグ報告に添付するには遥かに大きすぎます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
msgstr "このコマンドはお使いのシステム上の以下の情報を収集します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
msgid "lspci"
msgstr "lspci"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
msgid "pci_devices"
msgstr "pci_devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
msgid "dmidecode"
msgstr "dmidecode"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
msgid "fdisk"
msgstr "fdisk"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
msgid "scsi"
msgstr "scsi"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
msgid "lsmod"
msgstr "lsmod"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
msgid "cmdline"
msgstr "cmdline"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
msgid "pcmcia: stab"
msgstr "pcmcia: stab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
msgid "usb"
msgstr "usb"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
msgid "partitions"
msgstr "partitions"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
msgid "cpuinfo"
msgstr "cpuinfo"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
msgid "syslog"
msgstr "syslog"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
msgid "Xorg.log"
msgstr "Xorg.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
msgid "monitor_full_edid"
msgstr "monitor_full_edid"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
msgid "stage1.log"
msgstr "stage1.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
msgid "ddebug.log"
msgstr "ddebug.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
msgid "install.log"
msgstr "install.log"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
msgid "fstab"
msgstr "fstab"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
msgid "modprobe.conf"
msgstr "modprobe.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
msgid "lilo.conf"
msgstr "lilo.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
msgid "grub: menu.lst"
msgstr "grub: menu.lst"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
msgid "grub: install.sh"
msgstr "grub: install.sh"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
msgid "grub: device.map"
msgstr "grub: device.map"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
msgid "xorg.conf"
msgstr "xorg.conf"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
msgid "urpmi.cfg"
msgstr "urpmi.cfg"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
msgid "modprobe.preload"
msgstr "modprobe.preload"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
msgid "/proc/iomem"
msgstr "/proc/iomem"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
msgid "/proc/ioport"
msgstr "/proc/ioport"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
msgid "mageia version"
msgstr "mageia version"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
msgid "rpm -qa"
msgstr "rpm -qa"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
msgid "df"
msgstr "df"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
msgid ""
"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"このヘルプが書かれた時点では、このコマンドの出力の \"syslog\" のパートは空"
"で、これは私たちが systemd へ移行したことにまだ対応していないためです。まだこ"
"れが空の場合、\"syslog\" は (root として) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl "
"-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> を実行することで取得できます。ディスク領域が多"
"くない場合、例えば、以下によりログの最後の 5000 行を代わりに得ることができま"
"す: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000."
"txt</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
msgstr "Mageia バグ報告ツール"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakbug.xml:9
msgid "drakbug"
msgstr "drakbug"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakbug.xml:15
msgid "drakbug.png"
msgstr "drakbug.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:19
msgid ""
"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
msgstr ""
"通常、このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia のツール"
"がクラッシュしたときに自動的に開始します。しかしながら、バグを報告した後に、"
"このツールが提供する幾つかの情報を確認するためにこれを開始して、得られた情報"
"をそのバグ報告で提供するように頼まれる可能性もあります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:21
msgid ""
"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
msgstr ""
"新しくバグを報告する必要があって、あなたがこれを行ったことがない場合、\"報告"
"\" ボタンを押す前に<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">適切にバグを報告するには (英語)</link> をお読"
"みください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakbug.xml:23
msgid ""
"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
msgstr ""
"そのバグが既に他の人によって報告されている場合 (drakbug の出力するエラー メッ"
"セージが同じになる)、あなたも同じバグに遭遇したということをその既存の報告にコ"
"メントするのは有用なことです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakclock.xml:3
msgid "Manage date and time"
msgstr "日付と時間を管理する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakclock.xml:5
msgid "drakclock"
msgstr "drakclock"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakclock.xml:10
msgid "drakclock.png"
msgstr "drakclock.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターのシステム タブで見つかり、<guilabel>\"日付と時刻の設定\"</guilabel>と"
"書かれています。幾つかのデスクトップ環境ではシステム トレイ内の時計で右クリッ"
"ク / 日付と時刻の調整 ... とすることでも可能です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:21
msgid "It's a very simple tool."
msgstr "これは非常にシンプルなツールです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:23
msgid ""
"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
msgstr ""
"左上部は、<emphasis role=\"bold\">カレンダー</emphasis>です。上のスクリーン"
"ショットでは、日付は 9 月 (左上), 2012 年 (右上), 2 日 (青色) で日曜日となっ"
"ています。月 (もしくは年) を 9 月 (もしくは 2012) の両側の小さな矢印をクリッ"
"クするとこれを選択します。日付はその数字をクリックすることで選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:29
msgid ""
"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
msgstr ""
"底部は<emphasis role=\"bold\">ネットワーク タイム プロトコル</emphasis>の同期"
"で、サーバに同期することで時計を常に合わせ続けることができます。<guilabel>"
"ネットワーク タイム プロトコルを有効にする</guilabel>をチェックして最寄りの"
"サーバを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:34
msgid ""
"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
"your desktop environment settings for that."
msgstr ""
"右部は<emphasis role=\"bold\">時計</emphasis>です。NTP が有効になっている場合"
"は時計を設定するためには役に立ちません。三つのボックスがあり、時分秒が表示さ"
"れています (スクリーンショットでは 15, 28, 22)。時計を正しい時刻に設定するに"
"は小さな矢印を使用します。フォーマットはここでは変更できません。お使いのデス"
"クトップ環境の設定を参照してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:40
msgid ""
"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
"nearest town."
msgstr ""
"少なくとも、右下部では、<guibutton>タイム ゾーンを変更</guibutton>ボタンをク"
"リックして最寄りの町を一覧から選択することでタイム ゾーンを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakclock.xml:45
msgid ""
"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"日付と時刻のフォーマットをこのツールで選択できないとしても、これらはお使いの"
"デスクトップでロケール設定に従って表示されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "Remove a connection"
msgstr "接続を削除する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
msgid "drakconnect --del"
msgstr "drakconnect --del"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect "
"--del</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
msgid ""
"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>."
msgstr ""
"ここでは、ネットワーク インターフェースを削除できます<placeholder type="
"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
msgid ""
"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"ドロップ ダウン メニューをクリックし、削除したい項目を選択して<emphasis>次へ"
"</emphasis>をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
msgid ""
"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
"successfully."
msgstr ""
"ネットワーク インターフェースが正常に削除されたというメッセージが表示されま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
msgstr "新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定する (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
msgid "drakconnect"
msgstr "drakconnect"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
msgid "drakconnect.png"
msgstr "drakconnect.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakconnect</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
"your access provider or your network administrator."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではローカル ネットワーク"
"やインターネット アクセスの多くの設定を行うことができます。お使いのアクセス "
"プロバイダやネットワーク管理者から幾つかの情報を知っている必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
msgid ""
"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
"and provider you have."
msgstr ""
"お使いのハードウェアやプロバイダに合わせて、設定したい接続の種類を選択しま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
msgstr "新しい有線接続 (イーサネット)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
msgid ""
"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
"to configure."
msgstr ""
"最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースを列挙します。設定したいものを選"
"択してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
msgid ""
"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
"address."
msgstr "ここでは、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
msgid "Automatic IP"
msgstr "自動 IP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによっ"
"て指定されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があ"
"ります。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要があり"
"ます。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名"
"が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という"
"名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当て"
"る</emphasis>オプションを付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべ"
"ての DHCP サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータ"
"から IP アドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC を設定しているのであれば、これが"
"できる可能性は低いでしょう。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
msgid "drakconnect5.png"
msgstr "drakconnect5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
msgstr "上級ボタンでは以下を指定できます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
msgstr "検索ドメイン (DHCP サーバに供給されている通りにアクセスできない場合)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
msgid "the DHCP client"
msgstr "DHCP クライアント"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
msgid "DHCP timeout"
msgstr "DHCP タイムアウト"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
msgstr "DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバを指定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
msgstr "DHCP から NTPD サーバを取得 (時刻の同期)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
msgid ""
"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
msgstr ""
"DHCP によって要求されるホスト名です。このオプションはクライアントに IP アドレ"
"スを割り当てる前にクライアントがホスト名を指定することを DHCP サーバが要求す"
"る場合にのみ使用してください。このオプションは DHCP サーバによっては処理され"
"ません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
msgid ""
"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: <xref "
"linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
msgid "Manual configuration"
msgstr "手動設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS サーバを指定する必"
"要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。"
"ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
"literal> という名前が付けられます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
"provider's website."
msgstr ""
"住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは通常 <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> の"
"ようになり、ネット マスクは <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェ"
"イや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
"this setting."
msgstr ""
"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあ"
"なたのホーム ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが \"splash\" と呼"
"ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が \"splash.boatanchor.net\" の場合、検索ドメイン"
"は \"boatanchor.net\" となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を"
"定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の ADSL ではこの設定は不要で"
"す。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
msgid "drakconnect30.png"
msgstr "drakconnect30.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr "次の段階は <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/> で説明されています"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
msgstr "新しい衛星接続 (DVB)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
msgid ""
"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くこと"
"ができるとお考えの場合、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"Documentation_team\">Doc チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いしま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
msgstr "新しいケーブル モデム接続"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
msgstr "認証方式を指定する必要があります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
msgid "None"
msgstr "なし"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
msgid ""
"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
"and password."
msgstr ""
"BPALogin (テルストラで必要) です。この場合ユーザ名とパスワードを提供する必要"
"があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによって指定"
"されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要がありま"
"す。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要がありま"
"す。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が"
"指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名"
"前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当てる"
"</emphasis>オプションを付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべて"
"の DHCP サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータか"
"ら IP アドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC を設定しているのであれば、これがで"
"きる可能性は低いでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
"attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS サーバ群を指定する必要が"
"あります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホス"
"ト名が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> と"
"いう名前が付けられます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
"need this setting."
msgstr ""
"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあ"
"なたのホーム ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが \"splash\" と呼"
"ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が \"splash.boatanchor.net\" の場合、検索ドメイン"
"は \"boatanchor.net\" となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を"
"定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の接続ではこの設定は不要で"
"す。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
msgid "drakconnect32.png"
msgstr "drakconnect32.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
msgid "A new DSL connection"
msgstr "新しい DSL 接続"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
msgid ""
"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr ""
"このツールがネットワーク インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択してそれを"
"設定するように提案します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
msgstr ""
"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>オプションを選択して"
"お使いのプロバイダが提供するオプションを入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
msgstr "利用可能なプロトコルから一つを選択します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
msgstr "手動による TCP/IP 設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
msgid "Access settings"
msgstr "アクセスの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
msgid "Account Login (user name)"
msgstr "アカウントのログイン (ユーザ名)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
msgid "Account password"
msgstr "アカウントのパスワード"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
msgstr "(上級) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
msgstr "(上級) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
msgid "A new ISDN connection"
msgstr "新しい ISDN 接続"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
msgstr "このウィザードは設定するデバイスを質問します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
msgstr "手動選択 (内蔵 ISDN カード)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
msgid "External ISDN modem"
msgstr "外付け ISDN モデム"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
msgid ""
"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
"Select your card."
msgstr ""
"ハードウェアの一覧が提示され、カテゴリやメーカーによって分類されます。お使い"
"のカードを選択してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
msgstr "ヨーロッパ以外の全世界向けのプロトコル (DHCP)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
msgstr "ヨーロッパ向けのプロトコル (EDSS1)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
msgid ""
"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
"asked for parameters:"
msgstr ""
"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>オプションを選択して"
"お使いのプロバイダが提供するオプションを入力します。次にパラメータを求められ"
"ます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
msgid "Connection name"
msgstr "接続名"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
msgid "Phone number"
msgstr "電話番号"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
msgid "Login ID"
msgstr "ログイン ID"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
msgid "Authentication method"
msgstr "認証方法"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
msgid ""
"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
msgstr ""
"その後、IP アドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する場合に選択する必要がありま"
"す。最後の場合、IP アドレスとサブネット マスクを指定します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
"put:"
msgstr ""
"次の段階は DNS サーバ群のアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択する"
"ことです。手動設定の場合、以下を指定する必要があります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
msgid "Domain name"
msgstr "ドメイン名"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
msgid "First and second DNS Server"
msgstr "一番目と二番目の DNS サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
msgid ""
"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
msgstr ""
"ホスト名が IP から設定される場合に選択します。このオプションはお使いのプロバ"
"イダがそれを受け入れるように設定されていることが確実な場合にのみ選択するもの"
"です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
msgid ""
"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
"IP address."
msgstr ""
"次の段階はゲートウェイのアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択する"
"ことです。手動設定の場合、IP アドレスを入力する必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
msgstr "新しい無線接続 (WiFi)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
msgid ""
"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
msgstr ""
"最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースと Windows ドライバ "
"(ndiswrapper) を列挙します。設定する項目を選択します。ndiswrapper は他の設定"
"方法がうまくいかなかった場合にのみ使用してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
"the card has detected."
msgstr ""
"この段階では、カードが検出した異なるアクセス ポイントのいずれかを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
msgstr "無線カード固有のパラメータがあります:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
msgid "drakconnect31.png"
msgstr "drakconnect31.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
msgid "Operating mode:"
msgstr "動作モード:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "マネージド"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
msgstr "既存のアクセス ポイントにアクセスします (最も普通です)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "アド ホック"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
msgstr "コンピュータ間の直接の接続を設定します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "ネットワーク名 (ESSID)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
msgstr ""
"暗号化モード: これはアクセス ポイントがどのように設定されているかによります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
msgid "WPA/WPA2"
msgstr "WPA/WPA2"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
msgstr ""
"この暗号化モードはお使いのハードウェアが対応していれば望ましいものです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
msgid "WEP"
msgstr "WEP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
msgstr "幾つかの古いハードウェアはこの暗号化方式しか扱えません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
msgid "Encryption key"
msgstr "暗号化鍵"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
msgstr ""
"これは通常アクセス ポイントを提供するハードウェアとともに提供されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
msgid ""
"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
"manual IP address."
msgstr "この段階では、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
"DHCP server</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによって指定される"
"か手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があります。最後"
"の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要があります。ここで"
"は、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されな"
"い場合、既定では localhost.localdomain という名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、"
"<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当てる</emphasis>オプションを付けて "
"DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
msgstr "DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバ群を指定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
msgid ""
"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
msgstr ""
"設定を受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: "
"<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群を指定する必要があります。ここで"
"は、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されな"
"い場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けら"
"れます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
"website."
msgstr ""
"住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは常に <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> の"
"ようになり、ネット マスクは <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェ"
"イや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
msgid ""
"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
"period."
msgstr ""
"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これはお使いの"
"ホスト名の最初の名前、ピリオドより前の部分を除いた形にならなければなりませ"
"ん。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
msgstr "新しい GPRS/Edge/3G 接続"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
msgid ""
"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
"configure it."
msgstr ""
"このツールが無線インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択して設定するよう提"
"案します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
msgstr "PIN を訊かれます。PIN が必要ない場合は空のままにしてください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
msgid ""
"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"このウィザードはネットワークを探します。検出されない場合、<guilabel>該当なし"
"</guilabel>オプションを選択してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
msgid "Provide access settings"
msgstr "アクセス設定を提供する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
msgid "Access Point Name"
msgstr "アクセス ポイント名"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
msgstr "新しい Bluetooth ダイヤル アップ ネットワーキング接続"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
msgstr "新しいアナログ電話モデム接続 (POTS)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
msgid "Manual choice"
msgstr "手動選択"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
msgstr "存在する場合、検出済みのハードウェア"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
msgstr "ポートの一覧が提示されます。お使いのポートを選択してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
msgid ""
"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"未インストールの場合、パッケージ <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> のインス"
"トールが提案されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
msgid ""
"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
"for Dialup options:"
msgstr ""
"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>オプションを選択して"
"お使いのプロバイダが提供するオプションを入力します。次にダイヤル アップのオプ"
"ションを求められます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>接続名</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>電話番号</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ログイン ID</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>パスワード</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
msgstr "<emphasis>認証</emphasis>、以下から選択:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
msgid "PAP/CHAP"
msgstr "PAP/CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
msgid "Script-based"
msgstr "スクリプトを使う認証"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
msgid "Terminal-based"
msgstr "ターミナルからの認証"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
msgid "Ending the configuration"
msgstr "設定の終了"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
msgstr "次の段階では、以下を指定できます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>ユーザに接続の管理を許可</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>起動時に接続を開始</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御可能にする</"
"emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
msgid ""
"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
msgstr ""
"無線接続の場合、<emphasis>アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>ボック"
"スが追加され、信号の強度によって自動的にアクセス ポイントを切り替えることを可"
"能にします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
msgstr "上級ボタンでは、以下を指定できます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
msgstr "メトリック (既定値は 10)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
msgid "MTU"
msgstr "MTU"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
msgid "Network Hotplugging"
msgstr "ネットワーク ホットプラギング"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
msgstr "IPv6 to IPv4 トンネルを有効にする"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
"immediately or not."
msgstr "最後の段階では、接続をすぐに開始するかどうかを指定できます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
msgid "drakconnect9.png"
msgstr "drakconnect9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
msgid "Open a console as administrator"
msgstr "管理者として端末を開く"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
msgid "drakconsole"
msgstr "drakconsole"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
msgid "drakconsole.png"
msgstr "drakconsole.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakconsole</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
"information about that."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では root として直接端末"
"を開くことができます。それ以上の情報は必要ないでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
msgid "Manage disk partitions"
msgstr "ディスク パーティションを管理する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
msgstr "drakdisk もしくは diskdrake"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
"as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</"
"emphasis> もしくは <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> を root とし"
"て入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は非常に強力で、ほんの小"
"さな操作ミスをしたり猫がお使いのキーボードの上で飛び跳ねたりするとパーティ"
"ション上のすべてのデータを失うことにつながる可能性があり、ハード ディスク全体"
"を削除することすらあります。そのため、上記の画面がこのツールの画面の手前に表"
"示されます。続行したいかはっきりしなければ<emphasis>終了</emphasis>をクリック"
"してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
msgid ""
"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
msgstr ""
"複数のハード ディスクをお使いの場合、適切なタブ (sda, sdb, sdc など) を選択す"
"ることで作業したいハード ディスクに切り替えることができます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
msgid "drakdisk.png"
msgstr "drakdisk.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
msgid ""
"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
msgstr ""
"ハード ディスクを好みに合わせて調整するために、たくさんの操作から選択すること"
"ができます。ハード ディスク全体を消去したり、パーティションを分割もしくは結合"
"したり、それらのサイズを変更したり、ファイル システムを変更したり、フォーマッ"
"トを行ったり、パーティションの中身を見たり: すべて行うことができます。底部の"
"<emphasis><guibutton>すべてをクリア</guibutton></emphasis>ボタンはディスク全"
"体を消すためのもので、それ以外のボタンはパーティションをクリックした後で右側"
"に見えるようになります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
msgid ""
"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
msgstr ""
"UEFI システムをお使いの場合、\"EFI システム パーティション\" と呼ばれる小さな"
"パーティションが見え、/boot/EFI にマウントされます。これはお使いの異なるオペ"
"レーティング システムのブート ローダを含んでいるため、削除しないでください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
msgid ""
"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
"must be unmounted first."
msgstr ""
"選択したパーティションが下の例のようにマウントされている場合、サイズ変更, "
"フォーマット, 削除は行えません。これを行えるようにするには先にパーティション"
"をマウント解除しなければなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
msgstr "パーティションのサイズ変更は右側にしか行えません"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
msgid ""
"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
"is selected"
msgstr ""
"パーティションの種類を変更する (例えば ext3 を ext4 にする) にはそのパーティ"
"ションを削除後に新しい種類でパーティションを作り直す必要があります。"
"<guibutton role=\"bold\">作成</guibutton>ボタンはディスクの空の部分が選択され"
"ているときに現れます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
msgstr "存在しないマウント ポイントを選択することができ、作成されます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
msgid ""
"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
"seen in the screenshot below."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis><guibutton>上級者モード</guibutton></emphasis>を選択すると、下のス"
"クリーンショットから見ることができるように、パーティションのラベル付けのよう"
"な幾つかの追加の操作が行えるようになります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakedm.xml:4
msgid "Set up display manager"
msgstr "ディスプレイ マネージャの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakedm.xml:5
msgid "drakedm"
msgstr "drakedm"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakedm.xml:9
msgid "drakedm.png"
msgstr "drakedm.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:12
msgid ""
"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
"on your system will be shown."
msgstr ""
"ここで<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> お使いのデスクトップ環境にロ"
"グインするためにどのディスプレイ マネージャを使用するかを選択できます。お使い"
"のシステムで利用可能な項目だけが表示されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakedm.xml:17
msgid ""
"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
msgstr ""
"ほとんどのユーザはログイン画面の見た目の違いしか気づかないでしょう。しかしな"
"がら、サポートされる機能にも違いがあります。LXDM は軽量なディスプレイ マネー"
"ジャで、SDDM や GDM はより多くの機能があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr "個人用ファイアウォールを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
msgid "drakfirewall"
msgstr "drakfirewall"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
msgid "drakfirewall.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakfirewall</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
"security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターのセキュリティ タブで見つかり、\"個人用ファイアウォールの設定\" と書か"
"れています。これは \"システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査の設定\" の"
"最初のタブにあるのと同じツールです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
msgid ""
"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
msgstr ""
"Mageia には基本的なファイアウォールが既定でインストールされています。すべての"
"外部からの接続は許可されていなければブロックされます。上の最初の画面では、ど"
"のサービスに対する外部からの接続の試行を受け入れるかを選択できます。セキュリ"
"ティのためには - ファイアウォールを無効化したいのでなければ、最初のボックス "
"- <guilabel>すべて (ファイアウォールなし)</guilabel> をチェックしないでくださ"
"い。そして、必要なサービスだけをチェックしてください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
msgid ""
"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
"examples :"
msgstr ""
"開くポート番号を手動で入力することができます。<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をク"
"リックすると新しいウィンドウが開きます。<guilabel>その他のポート</guilabel>の"
"フィールドの中に、以下の例に従って必要なポートを入力します :"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
msgstr "80/tcp : tcp プロトコルのポート 80 を開く"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
msgstr ""
"24000:24010/udp : udp プロトコルの 24000 から 24010 のすべてのポートを開く"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
msgstr "ポート番号を列挙する場合はスペースで区切ります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
msgid ""
"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>システム ログにファイアウォールのメッセージを記録する</guilabel>の"
"ボックスがチェックされている場合、ファイアウォールのメッセージはシステム ログ"
"に保存されます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
msgid ""
"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
msgstr ""
"特定のサービス (ウェブやメールのサーバ, ファイル共有など) を動かしていない場"
"合、何もチェックしないということは可能で、これはむしろ推奨されます。これはあ"
"なたがインターネットに接続することを妨げるものではありません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
msgid ""
"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
msgstr ""
"次の画面は対話式ファイアウォールのオプションを扱います。少なくとも最初の"
"<guilabel>対話式ファイアウォールを使う</guilabel>ボックスがチェックされている"
"場合にこれらの機能は接続の試行を警告するようにできます。二番目のボックスを"
"チェックするとポートがスキャンされたときに警告します (お使いのマシンに侵入し"
"ようとしてどこかで失敗したのを見つけるため)。三番目以降の各ボックスはあなたが"
"最初の二つの画面で開いたポートに対応しています; 下のスクリーンショットでは、"
"そのようなボックスが二つあります: SSH server と 80:150/tcp です。これらを"
"チェックすると、これらのポートの接続が試行されるたびに警告します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
msgstr ""
"これらの警告はネットワーク アプレットを通して警告ポップアップで表示されます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
msgid ""
"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
"packages are downloaded."
msgstr ""
"最後の画面では、どのネットワーク インターフェースがインターネットに接続してい"
"て保護されなければならないかを選択します。OK ボタンをクリックすると、必要な"
"パッケージがダウンロードされます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
msgid ""
"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
msgstr ""
"どれを選択するか分からない場合、MCC の ネットワーク タブ内を見てください。新"
"しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定のアイコンです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakfont.xml:3
msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
msgstr "フォントの管理, 追加, 削除と Windows(TM) フォントのインポート"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakfont.xml:6
msgid "drakfont"
msgstr "drakfont"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakfont.xml:11
msgid "drakfont.png"
msgstr "drakfont.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
"above shows:"
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">システム</emphasis> タブにあります。これはこ"
"のコンピュータで利用できるフォントの管理を可能にします。上のメイン画面は以下"
"を表示しています:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:22
msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
msgstr "インストール済みのフォントの名前, スタイル, サイズ。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:26
msgid "a preview of the selected font."
msgstr "選択されたフォントのプレビュー。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:30
msgid "some buttons explained here later."
msgstr "ここで後述する幾つかのボタン。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:36
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows のフォントをインポート: </emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:38
msgid ""
"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
msgstr ""
"このボタンは Windows のパーティション上で見つかったフォントを自動的に追加しま"
"す。このためには Microsoft Windows がインストールされていなければなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:41
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">オプション:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:43
msgid ""
"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
"to use the fonts."
msgstr ""
"フォントを使用できるようにするアプリケーションやデバイス (主にプリンタ) が指"
"定できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:46
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">アンインストール:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:48
msgid ""
"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
"documents that use them."
msgstr ""
"このボタンはインストール済みのフォントを削除したり幾らかの領域を節約したりす"
"るためのものです。フォントの削除はこれらを使用しているドキュメントに重大な結"
"果をもたらす可能性があるため、注意して行ってください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:52
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">インポート:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:54
msgid ""
"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
msgstr ""
"サード パーティ (CD, インターネットなど) からフォントを追加できます。サポート"
"される形式は ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm, gsf です。<emphasis role=\"bold\">イン"
"ポート</emphasis>ボタンをクリックして<emphasis role=\"bold\">追加</emphasis>"
"をクリックすると、ファイル マネージャが現れてインストールするフォントの場所を"
"選択できます。完了したら<emphasis role=\"bold\">インストール</emphasis>をク"
"リックします。これらは /usr/share/fonts フォルダにインストールされます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakfont.xml:60
msgid ""
"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
msgstr ""
"新しくインストール (もしくは削除) されたフォントが Drakfont のメイン画面に現"
"れない場合、変更を確かめるためにこれを閉じた後で開き直してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:3
msgid "Parental Controls"
msgstr "ペアレンタル コントロール"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakguard.xml:5
msgid "drakguard"
msgstr "drakguard"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakguard.xml:10
msgid "drakguard.png"
msgstr "drakguard.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
"package (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターのセキュリティ タブで見つかり、<guilabel>ペアレンタル コントロール</"
"guilabel>と書かれています。これが見えない場合、drakguard パッケージをインス"
"トールする必要があります (既定ではインストールされません)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
msgid "Presentation"
msgstr "説明"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:23
msgid ""
"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
"useful capabilities:"
msgstr ""
"Drakguard はお使いのコンピュータ上のペアレンタル コントロールを設定する簡単な"
"方法で、誰が何を行えるかやその時間帯を制限します。Drakguard には三つの有用な"
"機能があります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:29
msgid ""
"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
msgstr ""
"指定ユーザのウェブ アクセスの時間帯を制限します。これは Mageia に組み込まれ"
"た shorewall ファイアウォールを制御することで実現しています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:35
msgid ""
"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
"only execute what you accept them to execute."
msgstr ""
"指定ユーザが特定のコマンドを実行するのを妨げ、これらのユーザはあなたが許可し"
"たコマンドしか実行できません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:40
msgid ""
"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
"DansGuardian."
msgstr ""
"ウェブ サイトへのアクセスを制限し、手動で定義したブラックリスト/ホワイトリス"
"トの両方だけでなく、ウェブ サイトの内容による動的な制限も行います。これを実現"
"するために Drakguard はオープンソースな一流のペアレンタル コントロール ブロッ"
"カーである DansGuardian を使用しています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:49
msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
msgstr "ペアレンタル コントロールを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:52
msgid ""
"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
"then suggest you reboot."
msgstr ""
"お使いのコンピュータが Ext2, Ext3, ReiserFS のいずれかでフォーマットされた"
"ハード ドライブ パーティションを含んでいる場合、お使いのパーティションで ACL "
"を設定するように勧めるポップアップが表示されます。ACL は Access Control List "
"を表しており、個別のファイルに対するアクセスを特定のユーザに制限することを可"
"能にする Linux カーネルの機能です。ACL は Ext4 や Btrfs のファイル システムに"
"組み込まれていますが、Ext2, Ext3, Reiserfs のパーティションではオプションに"
"よって有効にしなければなりません。この促しに対して 'はい' を選択した場合、"
"drakguard はお使いのすべてのパーティションで ACL をサポートするよう設定し、再"
"起動を提案します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:61
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
"is opened."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>ペアレンタル コントロールを有効にする</guibutton>: チェックした場"
"合、ペアレンタル コントロールが有効になり、<guilabel>プログラムのブロック</"
"guilabel> タブが操作できるようになります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:65
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>すべてのネットワーク トラフィックをブロック</guibutton>: チェック"
"した場合、ホワイトリスト タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイトがブロックされ"
"ます。チェックしない場合、ブラックリスト タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイ"
"トが許可されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:69
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
"remove him/her from the allowed users."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>ユーザのアクセス</guibutton>: 左側のユーザはあなたが定義したルール"
"に従ってアクセスが制限されます。右側のユーザはアクセスが制限されません。その"
"ため、このコンピュータを使用している大人のユーザは不便を感じることはありませ"
"ん。左側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックするとこのユー"
"ザを許可ユーザとして追加します。右側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>削除</"
"guibutton>をクリックするとこのユーザを許可ユーザから削除します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:77
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
"window."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>時間制限:</guibutton> チェックした場合、インターネットのアクセスは"
"<guilabel>開始</guilabel>時刻と<guilabel>終了</guilabel>時刻の間に制限されま"
"す。これ以外の時間帯では完全にブロックされます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:83
msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
msgstr "ブラックリスト/ホワイトリスト タブ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:85
msgid ""
"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"上部の最初のフィールドにウェブ サイトの URL を入力して<guibutton>追加</"
"guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/drakguard.xml:90
msgid "Block Programs Tab"
msgstr "プログラムのブロック タブ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:92
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
"applications you wish to block."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>定義されたアプリケーションをブロックする</guibutton>: 特定のアプリ"
"ケーションへのアクセスを制限するための ACL の使用を有効にします。ブロックした"
"いアプリケーションのパスを入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/drakguard.xml:96
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>ブロックの除外ユーザ</guibutton>: 右側に並んでいるユーザは acl に"
"よるブロックの対象となりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:9
msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
msgstr "他のローカル マシンとインターネット接続を共有する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakgw.xml:12
msgid "drakgw"
msgstr "drakgw"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:17
msgid "drakgw.png"
msgstr "drakgw.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:25
msgid "Principles"
msgstr "原則"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakgw.xml:29
msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:27
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
"the Internet (2)."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>これはインターネット (2) とローカ"
"ル ネットワーク (1) に接続されたコンピュータ (3) をお持ちの場合に有用です。あ"
"なたはインターネットへのアクセスをローカル ネットワーク (1) 内の他のワークス"
"テーション (5) と (6) に提供するゲートウェイとしてコンピュータ (3) を使用でき"
"ます。このために、ゲートウェイには二つのインターフェースがなければなりませ"
"ん; イーサネット カードなどの一つめはローカル ネットワークに接続し、二つめ "
"(4) はインターネット (2) に接続していなければなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:39
msgid ""
"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
msgstr ""
"最初の段階はネットワークとインターネットへのアクセスが設定されているかを確認"
"することで、<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> に記述されています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:45
msgid "Gateway wizard"
msgstr "ゲートウェイ ウィザード"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:48
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:47
msgid ""
"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
"which are shown below:"
msgstr ""
"このウィザード<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は以下に示す一連の流"
"れを提供します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:54
msgid ""
"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
msgstr ""
"このウィザードが少なくとも二つのインターフェースを検出しない場合、これについ"
"て警告を行ってネットワークとハードウェア設定を停止するように求めます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:60
msgid ""
"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
"what is proposed is correct."
msgstr ""
"インターネット接続用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードは"
"自動的にインターフェースのいずれかを提案しますが、あなたはどれが適切なものか"
"を確認するべきです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:66
msgid ""
"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
"one, check that this is correct."
msgstr ""
"Lan アクセス用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードはこれも"
"いずれかを提案しますが、これが正しいことを確認してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:71
msgid ""
"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
msgstr ""
"ウィザードは IP アドレス, マスク, ドメイン名のような Lan ネットワークのパラ"
"メータを提案します。これらのパラメータが実際の設定に適合しているかを確認して"
"ください。これらの値を受け入れることが推奨されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:78
msgid ""
"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
"specify the address of a DNS server."
msgstr ""
"コンピュータを DNS サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、"
"ウィザードは <code>bind</code> がインストールされているかをチェックします。そ"
"うでなければ、DNS サーバのアドレスを指定する必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:84
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
msgstr ""
"コンピュータを DHCP サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、"
"ウィザードは <code>dhcp-server</code> がインストールされているかをチェックし"
"て DHCP のアドレス範囲の開始と終了アドレスとともにこれを設定するように提案し"
"ます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:91
msgid ""
"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
msgstr ""
"コンピュータをプロキシ サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場"
"合、ウィザードは <code>squid</code> がインストールされているかをチェックして"
"管理者のアドレス (admin@mydomain.com), プロキシ名 (myfirewall@mydomaincom), "
"ポート (3128), キャッシュ サイズ (100 Mb) とともにこれを設定するように提案し"
"ます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:99
msgid ""
"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
"printers and to share them."
msgstr ""
"最後の段階ではゲートウェイのマシンがプリンタに接続されているかのチェックとこ"
"れらの共有が行えます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:104
msgid ""
"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
msgstr ""
"ファイアウォールがアクティブな場合にこれをチェックする必要性について警告を受"
"けるでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:109
msgid "Configure the client"
msgstr "クライアントを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:111
msgid ""
"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
"using."
msgstr ""
"ゲートウェイ マシンを DHCP ありで設定した場合、ネットワーク設定ツール内でアド"
"レスを自動的に (DHCP を用いて) 取得することを指定するだけでかまいません。パラ"
"メータはネットワークに接続する際に取得されます。この方法はクライアントにどの"
"オペレーティング システムが使用されていても有効です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:117
msgid ""
"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
"gateway."
msgstr ""
"ネットワークのパラメータを手動で指定しなければならない場合、ゲートウェイとし"
"て動作するマシンの IP アドレスを入力することで特にゲートウェイを指定しなけれ"
"ばなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakgw.xml:123
msgid "Stop connection sharing"
msgstr "接続の共有を停止する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakgw.xml:125
msgid ""
"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
msgstr ""
"Mageia コンピュータ上の接続の共有を停止したい場合、このツールを実行します。こ"
"れは接続を再設定するか共有を停止するように提案します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
msgid "Hosts definitions"
msgstr "ホストの定義"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
msgid "drakhosts"
msgstr "drakhosts"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
msgid "drakhosts.png"
msgstr "drakhosts.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
msgid ""
"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
"instead of the IP-address."
msgstr ""
"お使いのネットワーク上の幾つかのシステムがあなたにサービスを提供しており、か"
"つそれらの IP アドレスが固定されている場合、このツール<placeholder type="
"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はそれらにアクセスするための名前をより簡単に指定でき"
"るようにします。つまり、あなたはその名前を IP アドレスの代わりに使用できま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>追加</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
msgid ""
"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
msgstr ""
"このボタンを用いて、新しいシステムに対する名前を追加します。IP アドレス, その"
"システムのホスト名, 任意で名前に同様に使用できるエイリアスを指定するウィンド"
"ウが表示されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>変更</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
msgid ""
"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
"same window."
msgstr ""
"過去に定義したエントリのパラメータにアクセスすることができます。同じウィンド"
"ウが表示されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
msgstr "ネットワーク インターフェースとファイアウォールの高度な設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
msgid "drakinvictus"
msgstr "drakinvictus"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
msgid "drakinvictus.png"
msgstr "drakinvictus.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
msgstr ""
"このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことがで"
"きるとお考えの場合、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"Documentation_team\">Doc チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いしま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">drakinvictus</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
msgid "Network Center"
msgstr "ネットワーク センター"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
msgid "draknetcenter"
msgstr "draknetcenter"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
msgid "draknetcenter.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">draknetcenter</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
"Center\""
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターのネットワーク タブで見つかり、\"ネットワーク センター\" と書かれていま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
msgid ""
"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
msgstr ""
"このツールが起動したときに、このコンピュータで設定されたすべてのネットワーク"
"が種類 (有線, 無線, 衛星など) によらずに列挙されたウィンドウが開きます。いず"
"れかをクリックすると、ネットワークの種類によって三つもしくは四つのボタンが現"
"れ、ネットワークの管理を行って設定や接続/切断を変更できます。このツールはネッ"
"トワークを作成することを意図してはおらず、このためには MCC の同じタブにある"
"<guilabel>新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定 (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)</"
"guilabel>を参照してください。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
msgid ""
"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
"connected."
msgstr ""
"例として、下のスクリーンショットでは、二つのネットワークが見えて、一つめは有"
"線で接続されており、このアイコン <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
"\"0\"/> で識別でき (このアイコンは未接続のものです <placeholder type="
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) 二つめのセクションは無線ネットワークを表示"
"しており、未接続でこのアイコン <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
"\"2\"/> で識別でき、接続時はこれ <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
"\"3\"/> になります。もう一方のネットワークの種類は、色コードは常に同じで、接"
"続時が緑で未接続時が赤です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
msgid ""
"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
"particular)."
msgstr ""
"画面内の無線の部分では、検出されたすべてのネットワークを見ることもでき、"
"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>信号強度</guilabel>, 暗号化されている "
"(赤) かされていない (緑) か, <guilabel>動作モード</guilabel>が表示されます。"
"選択した項目をクリックし<guibutton>監視</guibutton>, <guibutton>設定</"
"guibutton>, <guibutton>接続</guibutton>のいずれかをクリックします。ここでは"
"ネットワークから別のネットワークへ移動可能です。私的なネットワークが選択され"
"た場合、ネットワーク設定ウィンドウ (下記参照) は追加の設定 (特に暗号化鍵) を"
"開いて行うことができます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
msgstr "<guibutton>更新</guibutton>をクリックすると画面を更新します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
msgid "The Monitor button"
msgstr "監視ボタン"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
msgid ""
"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
msgstr ""
"このボタンではダウンロード (PC に向かう方向, 赤) やアップロード (インターネッ"
"トに向かう方向, 緑) のネットワーク活動を監視できます。同じ画面が<guimenu>シス"
"テム トレイのインターネット アイコン -> ネットワークを監視</guimenu>を右ク"
"リックすることで利用できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
msgid ""
"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
"gives details about connection status."
msgstr ""
"各ネットワーク (ここで eth0 は有線ネットワーク, lo はローカルのループバック, "
"wlan0 は無線ネットワークです) ごとにタブがあり、加えて接続の状態についての詳"
"細を表示する接続タブがあります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
msgstr ""
"ウィンドウ底部に<guilabel>トラフィック アカウンティング</guilabel>という見出"
"しがあり、次のセクションで扱います。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
msgid "The Configure button"
msgstr "設定ボタン"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - 有線ネットワーク</emphasis>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
msgid ""
"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
"configuration may give better results."
msgstr ""
"ネットワークの作成時に設定されたすべての項目が変更可能です。ほとんどの場合、"
"<guibutton>IP を自動設定</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> で動"
"作しますが、問題があれば、手動で設定するとより良い結果になるかもしれません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
msgid ""
"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
"available from your providers website."
msgstr ""
"住宅のネットワークでは、<guilabel>IP アドレス</guilabel>は常に 192.168.0.x の"
"ようになり、<guilabel>ネット マスク</guilabel>は 255.255.255.0 で、<guilabel>"
"ゲートウェイ</guilabel>や <guilabel>DNS サーバ群</guilabel>はお使いのプロバイ"
"ダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
"have to reconnect to the network."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</guibutton> チェックした"
"場合通信量を一時間, 一日, 一ヶ月単位でカウントします。結果は前のセクションで"
"詳述したネットワーク モニタで見ることができます。これを有効にすると、ネット"
"ワークに再度接続する必要があるかもしれまん。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
"</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御"
"可能にする:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>上級ボタン:</guibutton>"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - 無線ネットワーク</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
msgstr "既に上で見えている項目以外についてのみを説明します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">動作モード:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
msgid ""
"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
msgstr ""
"アクセス ポイントを通して接続している場合は<guilabel>マネージド</guilabel>を"
"選択します。検出された <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> が表示されま"
"す。ピア ツー ピア ネットワークの場合は<guilabel>アド ホック</guilabel>を選択"
"します。お使いのネットワーク カードをアクセス ポイントとして用いる場合は"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">マスター</emphasis>を選択し、お使いのネットワーク "
"カードはこのモードをサポートしている必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">暗号化モードと暗号化鍵:</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
msgstr "私的なネットワークの場合、これらの設定を把握している必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
msgid ""
"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
"in private networks."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> はパスワードを使用し、パスフレーズを用いる WPA より"
"も弱いです。<guilabel>WPA 事前共有鍵</guilabel>は WPA パーソナル や WPA ホー"
"ムとも呼ばれます。<guilabel>WPA エンタープライズ</guilabel>は私的なネットワー"
"クではあまり使われません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
msgid ""
"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
"point while remaining connected to the network."
msgstr ""
"ローミングはネットワークに接続したままコンピュータがアクセス ポイントを変更で"
"きるようにする技術です。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
msgstr "上級設定ボタン"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "Manage different network profiles"
msgstr "ネットワーク プロファイルを管理する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
msgid "draknetprofile"
msgstr "draknetprofile"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
msgid "draknetprofile.png"
msgstr "draknetprofile.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:9
msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
msgstr "NFS を使ってドライブ/ディレクトリを共有する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draknfs.xml:11
msgid "draknfs"
msgstr "draknfs"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:16
msgid "draknfs.png"
msgstr "draknfs.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:24
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "要件"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:27
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:26
msgid ""
"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
"first time, it may display the following message:"
msgstr ""
"このウィザード<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は初回時に実行され、"
"以下のメッセージを表示する可能性があります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:33
msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
msgstr "パッケージ nfs-utils が必要です。インストールしますか?"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:37
msgid ""
"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
msgstr "インストールの完了後、空の一覧のあるウィンドウが表示されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:42
msgid "Main window"
msgstr "メイン ウィンドウ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:44
msgid ""
"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
"configuration tool."
msgstr ""
"共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示されています。この段階では、一覧は空です。"
"<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと設定ツールを使用できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:50
msgid "Modify entry"
msgstr "エントリを変更"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:52
msgid ""
"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
"available."
msgstr ""
"この設定ツールは \"エントリを変更\" と書かれています。これは<guibutton>変更</"
"guibutton>ボタンで起動することもできます。以下のパラメータが利用できます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:58
msgid "draknfs4.png"
msgstr "draknfs4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:64
msgid "NFS Directory"
msgstr "NFS ディレクトリ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:66
msgid ""
"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
"it."
msgstr ""
"ここで共有するディレクトリを指定することができます。<guibutton>ディレクトリ</"
"guibutton>ボタンを押すとこれを選択するためのブラウザを使用できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:72
msgid "Host access"
msgstr "ホスト アクセス"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:74
msgid ""
"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
"directory."
msgstr "ここでは共有ディレクトリにアクセス可能なホストを指定できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:77
msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
msgstr "NFS クライアントは様々な方法で指定することができます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>単一ホスト</emphasis>: リゾルバによって認識される省略名で、完全修飾"
"ドメイン名もしくは IP アドレスです"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ネット グループ</emphasis>: NIS ネット グループを @group として指定"
"できます"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
"domain cs.foo.edu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ワイルド カード</emphasis>: マシン名にワイルド カード文字 * と ? を"
"含めることができます。例えば: *.cs.foo.edu はドメイン cs.foo.edu のすべてのホ"
"ストと合致します"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:90
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>IP ネットワーク</emphasis>:  IP (サブ) ネットワーク上のすべてのホス"
"トに同時にディレクトリをエクスポートすることもできます。例えば、"
"`/255.255.252.0' もしくは `/22' をネットワークのベース アドレスに追加します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:96
msgid "User ID Mapping"
msgstr "ユーザ ID マッピング"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:98
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
"the server itself."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>root ユーザを匿名としてマップ</emphasis>: uid/gid 0 からの要求を匿"
"名 uid/gid にマップします (root_squash)。クライアントの root ユーザからはサー"
"バ自体の root によって作成されたサーバ上のファイルは読み書きできません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>実リモート root アクセスを許可</emphasis>: root のマッピングを無効"
"にします。このオプションは主にディスクのないクライアントで有用です "
"(no_root_squash)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:107
msgid ""
"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>すべてのユーザを匿名ユーザにマップ</emphasis>: すべての uid と gid "
"を匿名ユーザにマップをします (all_squash)。NFS でエクスポートされた公開 FTP "
"ディレクトリやニュース スプール ディレクトリなどで有用です。既定の設定はこれ"
"と反対のユーザ ID マッピングなし (no_all_squash) です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:113
msgid ""
"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
"the anonymous account."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>anonuid と anongid</emphasis>: 匿名アカウントの uid と gid を明示的"
"に指定します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:118
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr "上級オプション"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
"is on by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>安全な接続</emphasis>: このオプションはリクエストが "
"IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) 未満のインターネット ポートから起こることを要求しま"
"す。このオプションは既定で有効です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:124
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
"using this option."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>読み込み専用の共有</emphasis>: 読み込みのみか読み書き両方の要求をこ"
"の NFS ボリュームで許可します。既定ではファイル システムを変更する要求は許可"
"しません。これはこのオプションを用いることでも明示できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:129
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>同期アクセス</emphasis>: NFS サーバが NFS プロトコルに違反すること"
"を防ぎ、要求に対してこれらの要求が安定したストレージ (例 ディスク ドライブ) "
"に渡されることによるいかなる変更が行われるよりも前に応答を行います。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:134
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
"exports(5) man page for more details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>サブ ツリーのチェック</emphasis>: サブ ツリーのチェックを有効にし、"
"これは幾つかの場合においてセキュリティを向上させる助けとなりますが、信頼性を"
"低下させる可能性があります。詳しくは exports(5) の man ページを参照してくださ"
"い。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
msgid "Menu entries"
msgstr "メニュー エントリ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:143
msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
msgstr "今のところ、一覧には少なくとも一つのエントリがあります。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draknfs.xml:147
msgid "draknfs5.png"
msgstr "draknfs5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
msgid "File|Write conf"
msgstr "ファイル|設定を書き込む"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:155
msgid "Save the current configuration."
msgstr "現在の設定を保存します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:159
msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
msgstr "NFS サーバ|再起動"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
msgid ""
"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
msgstr "サーバを停止した後、現在の設定ファイルを用いて再起動します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/draknfs.xml:166
msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
msgstr "NFS サーバ|再読み込み"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
msgid ""
"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
msgstr "表示されている設定は現在の設定ファイルから再読み込みされます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
msgid "Proxy"
msgstr "プロキシ"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
msgid "drakproxy"
msgstr "drakproxy"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
msgid "drakproxy.png"
msgstr "drakproxy.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
msgid ""
"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
msgstr ""
"インターネットにアクセスするためにプロキシ サーバを用いることが必要な場合、こ"
"のツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> を用いて設定することができ"
"ます。あなたのネットワークの管理者はあなたが必要とする情報を提供してくれるで"
"しょう。例外によりプロキシなしでアクセス可能な幾つかのサービスを指定すること"
"もできます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control their complexity."
msgstr ""
"2012-09-24 時点の Wikipedia のプロキシ サーバの記事より: コンピュータ ネット"
"ワークでは、プロキシ サーバは他のサーバからリソースを探しているクライアントか"
"らの要求を仲介する者として動作するサーバ (コンピュータ システムもしくはアプリ"
"ケーション) です。クライアントはプロキシ サーバに接続し、ファイル, 接続, ウェ"
"ブ ページ, 異なるサーバから利用できる他のリソースといった幾つかのサービスを要"
"求します。プロキシ サーバは要求の複雑さを簡単にしたりコントロールしたりする方"
"法として評価します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
msgid "Configure Media"
msgstr "メディアを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
msgid ""
"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
"below)."
msgstr ""
"インストール後に最初に行うことはソフトウェアのソース (リポジトリ, メディア, "
"ミラーとも呼ばれます) を追加することです。これはパッケージやアプリケーション"
"をインストールしたり更新したりするのにメディア ソースを選択しなければならない"
"ことを意味します (下の追加ボタンを参照してください)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
msgid ""
"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
"media type CD-Rom)."
msgstr ""
"Mageia を光学メディア (DVD もしくは CD) や USB デバイスを用いてインストール "
"(もしくはアップグレード) する場合、その光学メディアがソフトウェア ソースとし"
"て設定されます。新しいパッケージをインストールする際にメディアを挿入するよう"
"に指示されるのを避けるには、このメディアを無効化 (もしくは削除) したほうがよ"
"いでしょう (これはメディアの種類が CD-Rom となります)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
msgid ""
"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
msgstr ""
"お使いのシステムは 32-bit (i586 と呼ばれます) もしくは 64-bit (x86_64 と呼ば"
"れます) の可能性があるアーキテクチャのもとで動作しています。幾つかのパッケー"
"ジはお使いのシステムが 32-bit か 64-bit かに依存しません; これらは noarch の"
"パッケージと呼ばれます。これらはミラー上に自身の noarch ディレクトリを持ちま"
"せんが、i586 と x86_64 の両方のメディア内にすべて存在します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
"edit-media</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"このツールは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ソフトウェ"
"アの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
msgid "The columns"
msgstr "コラム"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
msgid "Column Enable:"
msgstr "有効:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
msgstr ""
"チェックしたメディアは新しいパッケージをインストールするために使用されます。"
"Testing や Debug のような幾つかのメディアには気をつけてください、これらはお使"
"いのシステムを使えなくしてしまうかもしれません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
msgid "Column Update:"
msgstr "更新:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
msgid ""
"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"チェックしたメディアはパッケージを更新するために使用され、これは有効にしなけ"
"ればなりません。\"Update\" と名前にあるものだけを選択してください。セキュリ"
"ティ上の理由により、このコラムはこのツールからは変更できず、root として端末を"
"開いて <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> と入力"
"しなければなりません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
msgid "Column medium:"
msgstr "メディア:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
msgid ""
"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
"versions contain at least:"
msgstr ""
"メディアの名前が表示されます。Mageia の正式リリース版の公式リポジトリは少なく"
"とも以下を含んでいます:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
"available supported by Mageia."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia によってサポートされるほとんど"
"のプログラムを含んでいます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
"which are not free"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> 自由ではない幾つかのプログラムを含"
"んでいます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
"might be patent claims in some countries."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> 自由なソフトウェアですが、幾つかの"
"国において特許クレームが存在する可能性があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
msgstr "各メディアには 4 つのサブ セクションがあります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
"this version of Mageia was released."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> このバージョンの Mageia が公開され"
"た時点のパッケージです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> リリースの後でセキュリティやバグの"
"関係で更新されたパッケージです。このメディアはインターネット接続が非常に低速"
"な場合であっても全員が有効にするべきです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> Cauldron (次期開発版) からバック"
"ポートされた幾つかのパッケージです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
"corrections."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> 新しい更新の一時的なテストのために"
"用いられ、行った修正をバグ報告者や QA チームが検証できるようにします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
msgid "The buttons on the right"
msgstr "右側のボタン"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>削除:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
msgid ""
"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
msgstr ""
"メディアを削除するには、それをクリックしてからこのボタンをクリックします。イ"
"ンストールに使用したメディア (CD や DVD など) は含まれるすべてのパッケージが"
"公式の Core release メディアに含まれるので、削除するのが賢明です。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>編集:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
msgid ""
"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
"proxy)."
msgstr "選択されたメディアの設定を変更できます (URL, ダウンローダ, プロキシ)。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>追加:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
msgid ""
"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
msgstr ""
"インターネットで利用可能な公式リポジトリを追加します。これらのリポジトリは安"
"全でよくテストされたソフトウェアしか含んでいません。\"追加\" ボタンをクリック"
"するとあなたの設定をミラーの一覧に追加し、これは最寄りのミラーからインストー"
"ルや更新を確実に行うように設計されています。特定のミラーを選択する場合、ド"
"ロップ ダウンの \"ファイル\" メニューから \"ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加\" "
"を選択することで追加します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
msgstr "<guibutton>上下矢印:</guibutton>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
msgid ""
"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
msgstr ""
"一覧の順番を変更します。Drakrpm がパッケージを探す際、これは表示されている順"
"番で一覧を読み込み、同一のリリース番号で最初に見つかったパッケージをインス"
"トールします - バージョンが一致しない場合には、最新のリリースがインストールさ"
"れます。そのため、可能であれば、最も速いリポジトリを一番上に配置してくださ"
"い。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
msgid "The menu"
msgstr "メニュー"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> 更新:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
msgid ""
"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
"メディア一覧のウィンドウが現れます。更新したい項目を選択して<guibutton>更新</"
"guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
msgid ""
"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
msgstr ""
"遅すぎたり頻繁に利用不能になったりという理由で現在のミラーに満足していないと"
"仮定して、別のミラーを選択することができます。現在のすべてのミラーを選択して"
"<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックしてこれらを取り除きます。<guimenu>ファ"
"イル -> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加</guimenu>をクリックし、更新のみか完全"
"なセットかを選択 (分からなければ、<guibutton>完全なソース</guibutton>を選択し"
"てください) し、<guibutton>はい</guibutton>をクリックすることでやりとりを受け"
"入れます。このウィンドウが開きます:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
msgid ""
"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"左側に国の一覧が見えるので、あなたのいる国かそれに非常に近い項目を > のシンボ"
"ルをクリックすることで選択すると、その国で利用可能なすべてのミラーが表示され"
"ます。いずれかを選択して <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> カスタム メディアを追加:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
msgid ""
"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
msgstr ""
"Mageia にサポートされていない新しいメディア (サード パーティなど) をインス"
"トールすることができます。新しいウィンドウが現れます:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
"according to the medium type)"
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>メディアの種類を選択し、そのメ"
"ディアをよく表している上手な名前を探して URL (もしくは、メディアの種類によっ"
"てはパス名) を指定します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> 共通オプション:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
msgid ""
"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
"default-, update only, always or never)."
msgstr ""
"この項目はいつ \"インストールする RPM の署名を確認\" するか (常に行う, 行わな"
"い), ダウンロード プログラム (curl, wget, aria2), パッケージ情報のダウンロー"
"ド ポリシーの定義 (必要に応じて行う -既定-, 更新のみ行う, 常に行う, 行わな"
"い) を選択できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> 鍵を管理:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
msgid ""
"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
msgstr ""
"高レベルのセキュリティを保証するために、メディアの認証に電子鍵が使用されま"
"す。メディアごとに鍵の許可と不許可を設定できます。現れるウィンドウの中で、メ"
"ディアを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックすると新しい鍵を許可で"
"き、鍵を選択して<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックするとその鍵を不許可にで"
"きます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
msgstr "これはすべてのセキュリティ関係の事柄と同様、慎重に行ってください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> プロキシ:</guimenu>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
msgid ""
"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"インターネットにアクセスするのにプロキシ サーバが必要な場合、ここで設定できま"
"す。<guibutton>プロキシのホスト名</guibutton>と、必要であれば<guilabel>ユーザ"
"名</guilabel>と<guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>を入力するだけです。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
msgid ""
"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
"link>."
msgstr ""
"メディアの設定についての詳細は、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
"Software_management\">Mageia Wiki のページ</link>を参照してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
msgstr "ディレクトリやドライブを Samba で共有する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
msgid "draksambashare"
msgstr "draksambashare"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
msgid "draksambashare.png"
msgstr "draksambashare.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
msgid ""
"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
"resources of the Samba server."
msgstr ""
"Samba は異なるオペレーティング システム間でディレクトリやプリンタのようなリ"
"ソースを共有するのに用いられるプロトコルです。このツールではこのマシンを SMB/"
"CIFS プロトコルを用いる Samba サーバとして設定することができます。このプロト"
"コルは Windows(R) でも用いられており、この OS のワークステーションは Samba "
"サーバのリソースにアクセスすることができます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "準備"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
msgid ""
"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
"server."
msgstr ""
"他のワークステーションからアクセスされるためには、サーバは固定 IP アドレスを"
"持つ必要があります。これはサーバ上で直接指定でき、例えば<xref linkend="
"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> や、もしくは MAC アドレスでワークステーションを識別す"
"る DHCP サーバでは常に同じアドレスを提供します。また、ファイアウォールが "
"Samba サーバへの外部からの要求を許可する必要もあります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
msgstr "ウィザード - スタンドアロン サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">draksambashare</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
msgid ""
"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
msgstr ""
"初回実行時、このツール群 <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は必要な"
"パッケージがインストール済みかをチェックし、まだない場合にはインストールする"
"ように提案します。その後 Samba サーバの設定ウィザードが起動します。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
msgid "draksambashare0.png"
msgstr "draksambashare0.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
msgid ""
"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
"selected."
msgstr ""
"次のウィンドウで、スタンドアロン サーバの設定オプションは既に選択されていま"
"す。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
msgid "draksambashare1.png"
msgstr "draksambashare1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
msgid ""
"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
"access to the shared resources."
msgstr ""
"次にワークグループ名を指定します。この名前は共有リソースへのアクセスのために"
"同じものにしてください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
msgid ""
"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
"the network."
msgstr "netbios 名はネットワーク上でサーバを示す名前です。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
msgid "draksambashare2.png"
msgstr "draksambashare2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
msgid "Choose the security mode:"
msgstr "セキュリティ モードを選択します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
msgid ""
"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
"resource"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>ユーザ</guilabel>: クライアントはリソースにアクセスするために認証し"
"なければなりません"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
msgid ""
"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
"each share"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>共有</guilabel>: クライアントは各共有ごとに別々に認証を行います"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
msgid ""
"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
"address or host name."
msgstr ""
"リソースにアクセスできるホストを IP アドレスもしくはホスト名で指定できます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
msgid "draksambashare3.png"
msgstr "draksambashare3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
msgid ""
"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
"described in the Windows workstations."
msgstr ""
"サーバのバナーを指定します。バナーはこのサーバを Windows ワークステーションで"
"表す方法です。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
msgid "draksambashare4.png"
msgstr "draksambashare4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
msgid ""
"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
msgstr "Samba が情報を記録可能な場所は次の段階で指定できます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
msgid "draksambashare5.png"
msgstr "draksambashare5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
msgid ""
"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr ""
"設定を受け入れる前に、ウィザードは選択されたパラメータの一覧を表示します。受"
"け入れた場合、設定は <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に書き込まれます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
msgid "draksambashare6.png"
msgstr "draksambashare6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
msgstr "ウィザード - プライマリ ドメイン コントローラ"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
msgid "draksambashare13.png"
msgstr "draksambashare13.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
"security mode:"
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>\"プライマリ ドメイン コントロー"
"ラ\" オプションが選択されている場合、ウィザードは Wins をサポートするかどうか"
"と管理者ユーザの名前を指定するよう求めます。これに続いて、スタンドアロン サー"
"バと同様の段階が続きますが、セキュリティ モードを選択できる点が異なります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
msgid ""
"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>ドメイン</guilabel>: すべてのユーザとグループのアカウントを中央の共"
"有されたアカウント リポジトリに格納する仕組みを提供します。この集中アカウン"
"ト リポジトリは (セキュリティ) コントローラ間で共有されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
msgid "Declare a directory to share"
msgstr "ディレクトリを共有する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
msgstr "<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと、以下のダイアログが現れます:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
msgid "draksambashare15.png"
msgstr "draksambashare15.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
msgid ""
"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
"modified."
msgstr ""
"新しいエントリがこのように追加されます。これは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタ"
"ンで変更することができます。ディレクトリが全員に見えるようにするかどうかや、"
"書き込み可能や閲覧可能といったオプションが編集できます。共有名は変更できませ"
"ん。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
msgid "draksambashare16.png"
msgstr "draksambashare16.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
msgstr ""
"一覧に一つ以上のエントリがあるときに、メニューのエントリが使用できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
msgstr "現在の設定を <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に保存します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
msgid "Samba server|Configure"
msgstr "Samba サーバ|設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
msgstr "このコマンドにより、ウィザードを再度実行できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
msgid "Samba server|Restart"
msgstr "Samba サーバ|再起動"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
msgstr "Samba サーバ|再読み込み"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
msgid "Printers share"
msgstr "プリンタの共有"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
msgstr "Samba はプリンタを共有することもできます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
msgid "draksambashare17.png"
msgstr "draksambashare17.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
msgid "Samba users"
msgstr "Samba のユーザ"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
msgid "draksambashare18.png"
msgstr "draksambashare18.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
msgid ""
"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"このタブでは、認証が必要な場合に共有リソースにアクセス可能なユーザを追加でき"
"ます。ユーザは <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type="
"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> から追加できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksec.xml:3
msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
msgstr "Mageia ツールの認証を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksec.xml:6
msgid "draksec"
msgstr "draksec"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksec.xml:11
msgid "draksec0.png"
msgstr "draksec0.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">セキュリティ</emphasis>タブにあります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:19
msgid ""
"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
"usually done by the administrator."
msgstr ""
"これは通常管理者によって行われる処理を通常のユーザが行うために必要な権限を与"
"えます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:22
msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
msgstr "展開したい項目の左にある小さな矢印をクリックします:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksec.xml:27
msgid "draksec.png"
msgstr "draksec.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:31
msgid ""
"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
msgstr ""
"Mageia コントロール センターの中で利用できるツールのほとんどがウィンドウの左"
"側に表示され (上のスクリーンショットを参照)、各ツールには右側にドロップ ダウ"
"ン リストがあり、以下の選択肢があります:"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:37
msgid ""
"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
msgstr ""
"既定: 起動モードは選択されたセキュリティ レベルによって決まります。MCC の同じ"
"タブのツール \"システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査の設定\" を参照し"
"てください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:43
msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
msgstr ""
"ユーザのパスワード: ツールが起動する前にユーザのパスワードを訊かれます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:48
msgid ""
"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
msgstr ""
"root のパスワード: ツールが起動する前に root のパスワードを訊かれます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/draksec.xml:53
msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
msgstr "パスワードなし: パスワードを訊かれずにツールが起動します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "スナップショット"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
msgid "draksnapshot-config"
msgstr "draksnapshot-config"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
"guilabel> section."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は MCC の<guilabel>システ"
"ム</guilabel>タブの<guilabel>管理ツール</guilabel>セクションで利用できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
msgid ""
"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
msgstr ""
"MCC 内のこのツールを最初に開始する際、draksnapshot のインストールについての"
"メッセージが表示されます。続行するには<guibutton>インストール</guibutton>をク"
"リックします。Draksnapshot と幾つかの他の必要なパッケージがインストールされま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
msgid ""
"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
"whole system</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>スナップショット</guilabel>を再度クリックすると、<guilabel>設定</"
"guilabel>画面が表示されます。<guilabel>バックアップを有効にする</guilabel>に"
"チェックし、システム全体をバックアップしたい場合は、<guilabel>システム全体を"
"バックアップ</guilabel>にチェックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
msgid ""
"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
msgstr ""
"あなたのディレクトリの一部だけをバックアップしたい場合、<guilabel>上級</"
"guilabel>を選択します。小さなポップアップ画面が現れます。バックアップ対象の"
"ディレクトリやファイルの追加や削除をするには<guilabel>バックアップの一覧</"
"guilabel>の隣にある<guibutton>追加</guibutton>と<guibutton>削除</guibutton>の"
"ボタンを使用します。<guilabel>除外</guilabel>の一覧の隣にある同様のボタンでサ"
"ブ ディレクトリや中のファイルを除くのに使用し、これらはバックアップには含まれ"
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ません</emphasis>。完了したら<guibutton>閉じる</"
"guibutton>をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
msgid ""
"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"今度は<guilabel>バックアップ先</guilabel>のパスを指定するか、<guibutton>参照"
"</guibutton>ボタンで正しいパスを選択します。マウント済みの USB キーや外部 HD "
"は <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis> の中で見つか"
"ります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとスナップショットを作成します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/draksound.xml:3
msgid "Sound Configuration"
msgstr "サウンドの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/draksound.xml:4
msgid "draksound"
msgstr "draksound"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:8
msgid "draksound.png"
msgstr "draksound.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:11
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ハードウェア</emphasis>タブにあります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:13
msgid ""
"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
"change the sound card."
msgstr ""
"Draksound はサウンド設定, PulseAudio のオプション, トラブルシューティングを処"
"理します。サウンドの問題に直面したときやサウンド カードを変更したいときに助け"
"になるでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:16
msgid ""
"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> はサウンド サーバです。これはすべてのサウンド"
"入力を受け取り、ユーザ設定に従ってそれらを合成し、処理済みのサウンドを出力先"
"に送り出します。設定を行うには<guimenu>メニュー -> サウンドとビデオ -> "
"PulseAudio 音量調節</guimenu>を参照してください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:20
msgid ""
"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
"enabled."
msgstr ""
"PulseAudio は既定のサウンド サーバで、有効のままにしておくことが推奨されま"
"す。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:22
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>グリッチ フリー</guilabel>は幾つかのプログラムで PulseAudio の動作"
"を改善します。これも有効のままにしておくことが推奨されます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:24
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
"before asking the community for help."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>トラブルシューティング</guibutton>ボタンは起こりうる問題を修正する"
"上での助けとなる情報を提供します。コミュニティに助けを求めて質問する前にこれ"
"を試すと役に立つでしょう。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/draksound.xml:27
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
"obvious button."
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンは分かりやすいボタンのあるウィンドウを表示し"
"ます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/draksound.xml:30
msgid "draksound1.png"
msgstr "draksound1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
msgstr "電源管理のための UPS を設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakups.xml:3
msgid "drakups"
msgstr "drakups"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakups.xml:8
msgid "drakups.png"
msgstr "drakups.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakups.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
msgstr "セキュアなネットワーク アクセスのために VPN 接続を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
msgid "drakvpn"
msgstr "drakvpn"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
msgid "drakvpn1.png"
msgstr "drakvpn1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</"
"emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではローカルのワークス"
"テーションとの間にトンネルを確立するリモートのネットワークへのセキュアなアク"
"セスを設定できます。ここではワークステーション側の設定についてのみを扱いま"
"す。リモートのネットワークは既に稼働しており、ネットワーク管理者から .pcf 設"
"定ファイルのような接続情報を提供されているということを前提としています。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
msgid ""
"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
msgstr ""
"はじめに、お使いの仮想プライベート ネットワークで用いられているプロトコルに合"
"わせて Cisco VPN Concentrator か OpenVPN のいずれかを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
msgid "Then give your connection a name."
msgstr "次にお使いの接続に名前を付けます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
msgstr "次の画面で、お使いの VPN 接続に対して詳細な設定を行います。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
msgid "For Cisco VPN"
msgstr "Cisco VPN の場合"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
msgid "drakvpn3.png"
msgstr "drakvpn3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
msgid ""
"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
"first time the tool is used."
msgstr ""
"openvpn の場合、このツールが最初に使用されたときに openvpn パッケージとその依"
"存パッケージがインストールされます。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
msgid "drakvpn7.png"
msgstr "drakvpn7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
"received from the network administrator."
msgstr ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>ネットワーク管理者から受け取った"
"ファイルを選択します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
msgid "Advanced parameters:"
msgstr "上級パラメータ:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
msgid "drakvpn8.png"
msgstr "drakvpn8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
msgstr "次の画面はゲートウェイの IP アドレスを訊きます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
msgid ""
"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
"connection."
msgstr "パラメータを設定したら、VPN 接続を開始するオプションが現れます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
msgid ""
"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
"to this VPN."
msgstr ""
"この VPN 接続はネットワーク接続と同時に自動的に開始するように設定することがで"
"きます。これを行うには、この VPN に常に接続されるようにネットワーク接続を再設"
"定します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "Configure webserver"
msgstr "ウェブ サーバを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard apache2"
msgstr "drakwizard apache2"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
"apache2</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"web server."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はウェブ サーバの設定を手"
"助けすることができます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
msgid "What is a web server?"
msgstr "ウェブ サーバとは何ですか?"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
msgid ""
"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"ウェブ サーバとはインターネットを通してアクセス可能なウェブ コンテンツを渡す"
"のを助けるソフトウェアのことです。(Wikipedia より)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
msgstr "drakwizard apache2 でウェブ サーバを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
msgstr "ウェブ サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
msgid ""
"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
msgstr "サーバの公開範囲を選択します: ローカル ネットおよび/もしくは全世界"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr ""
"ウェブ サーバをインターネットに公開することにはリスクがあります。悪いことに備"
"えてください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
msgid "Server User Module"
msgstr "サーバ ユーザ モジュール"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
msgstr "ユーザが各自のサイトを作成することを許可します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
msgid "User web directory name"
msgstr "ユーザ ウェブ ディレクトリ名"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
msgid ""
"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
"display it."
msgstr ""
"ユーザはこのディレクトリを作成して内容をこの中に配置する必要があり、サーバは"
"これを表示します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
msgid "Server Document Root"
msgstr "サーバ ドキュメント ルート"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
msgstr "ウェブ サーバの既定のドキュメントのパスを設定できます。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "まとめ"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
msgid ""
"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"これらのオプションを確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "完了"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
msgstr "終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "Configure DNS"
msgstr "DNS を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard bind"
msgstr "drakwizard bind"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
"bind</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
msgid "Configure DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
msgid ""
"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
"interfaces"
msgstr ""
"このツールは Mageia 4 ではネットワーク インターフェースの命名方式が新しくなっ"
"たことにより正しく動作しません。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
"dhcp</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
"be installed before you can access to it."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> サーバの設定を手助けすることができます。これは drakwizard のコンポー"
"ネントで、使用するためには先にそれをインストールする必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
msgid "What is DHCP?"
msgstr "DHCP とは何ですか?"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""
"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) は IP ネット"
"ワークで用いられる標準化されたネットワーク プロトコルで、IP アドレスやイン"
"ターネット接続に必要な他の情報を動的に設定します。(Wikipedia より)"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
msgstr "drakwizard dhcp で DHCP サーバを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
msgstr "DHCP サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
msgstr "アダプタを選択する"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
msgid ""
"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"サブ ネットに接続されていて、DHCP で IP アドレスを割り当てるネットワーク イン"
"ターフェースを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
msgid "Select IP range"
msgstr "IP の範囲を選択する"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
msgid ""
"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
"サーバに提供させたい IP アドレス範囲の開始と終了の IP アドレスを選択し、同時"
"にローカル ネットワークの外側、できればインターネットに近いゲートウェイ マシ"
"ンの IP アドレスも指定します。その後<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックしま"
"す。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
msgid "Hold on..."
msgstr "ちょっと待ってください..."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
msgid ""
"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
"change things around."
msgstr ""
"これは修正が可能です。<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>を数回クリックした後該当する"
"設定を変更します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
msgid "Hours later..."
msgstr "数時間後..."

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
msgid "What is done"
msgstr "行われること"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
msgstr "必要があればパッケージ dhcp-server をインストール;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
msgstr ""
"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> を <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code> に保存;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
"parameters:"
msgstr ""
"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> をもと"
"に以下のパラメータを追加して新しい <code>dhcpd.conf</code> を作成:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
msgid "<code>hname</code>"
msgstr "<code>hname</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
msgid "<code>dns</code>"
msgstr "<code>dns</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
msgid "net"
msgstr "net"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
msgid "ip"
msgstr "ip"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
msgid "<code>mask</code>"
msgstr "<code>mask</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
msgid "<code>dname</code>"
msgstr "<code>dname</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
msgid ""
"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
"code>"
msgstr "Webmin の設定ファイル <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> も変更"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> を再起動。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
msgid "Configure time"
msgstr "時刻を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard ntp"
msgstr "drakwizard ntp"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
"ntp</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> の目的はお使いのサーバの"
"時刻を外部のサーバと同期させることです。これは既定ではインストールされず、"
"drakwizard と drakwizard-base のパッケージをインストールする必要があります。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
msgstr "drakwizard ntp で NTP サーバを設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
msgid ""
"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
"because this server always points to available time servers."
msgstr ""
"ようこそ画面 (上を参照) の後、二つ目の画面では三つの時刻サーバをドロップ ダウ"
"ン リストから選択するように指示し、pool.ntp.org を二度使用するよう提案しま"
"す。これは利用可能な時刻サーバをこのサーバが常に指し示すためです。"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
msgid ""
"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
msgstr ""
"これに続く画面では地域と都市が選択でき、その後まとめの画面にたどり着きます。"
"何かが間違っている場合、<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>ボタンを用いてそれを変更す"
"ることができます。問題がなければ、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンでテストに"
"進みます。これにはしばらく時間がかかる可能性があり、最後に下の画面が表示され"
"ます:"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
msgstr "<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンを押すとこのツールを閉じます"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
msgstr "このツールは以下のステップを実行します:"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
msgstr "必要があればパッケージ <code>ntp</code> をインストール"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
msgid ""
"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
msgstr ""
"ファイル <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> を <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock."
"orig</code> に、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> を <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
"tickers.orig</code> にそれぞれ保存;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
msgid ""
"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
"servers;"
msgstr ""
"サーバの一覧を新しいファイル <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> に書き込む;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
msgid ""
"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
"name;"
msgstr ""
"ファイル <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> に最初のサーバ名を挿入して変更する;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
msgid ""
"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
"code> services;"
msgstr ""
"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code>, <code>ntpd</code> のサービスを再起動;"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
msgid ""
"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
msgstr "ハードウェア時計を現在のシステム時刻に UTC で設定。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "Configure FTP"
msgstr "FTP を設定する"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""
"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
"proftpd</emphasis> を root として入力します。"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""
"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> サーバの設定を手助けします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
msgstr "<acronym>FTP</acronym> とは何ですか?"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
msgid ""
"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
"things."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
msgid "Server Information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
msgid ""
"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
msgid "Server Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
msgid ""
"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
"(File eXchange Protocol)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
msgid "Configure proxy"
msgstr "プロキシを設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
msgid "drakwizard squid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
"before you can access to it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
msgid "What is a proxy server?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
msgid ""
"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
msgid ""
"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
msgid ""
"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
msgid "Select Network Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
msgid ""
"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
msgid "Grant Network Access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
msgid ""
"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
msgid "Start during boot?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
msgid ""
"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
msgid ""
"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
"orig;</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
msgid ""
"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
msgid "cache_mem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
msgid "http_port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
msgid ""
"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
msgstr "OpenSSHデーモンの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
msgid "drakwizard sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
msgid ""
"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
msgid ""
"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
msgid "General Options"
msgstr "全般オプション"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
msgid ""
"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
msgid "Authentication Methods"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
msgid ""
"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
msgid ""
"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
msgid "Login Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
msgid "User Login Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
msgid ""
"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
msgid ""
"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
msgstr "システムサービスを有効化/無効化"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
msgid "drakxservices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
msgid "drakxservices.png"
msgstr "drakxservices.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
msgid "Hardware configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
msgid "harddrake2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
msgid "harddrake2.png"
msgstr "harddrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
"lst</code> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
msgid "The window"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
msgid ""
"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
msgid ""
"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
"about the content of the fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
msgid ""
"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
"available at the bottom of the right column:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
"used by experts only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
msgid ""
"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
"enable automatic detection:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
msgid "modem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
msgid "Jaz devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
msgid "Zip parallel devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
msgid ""
"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
"be operational the next time this tool is started."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
msgid "keyboarddrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
msgid ""
"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
"layout should be used for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
msgid "Keyboard Type"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
msgid ""
"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:10
msgid "Manage localization for your system"
msgstr "システムの言語を設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/localedrake.xml:13
msgid "localedrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/localedrake.xml:18
msgid "localedrake.png"
msgstr "localedrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:34
msgid ""
"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
"countries not listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:38
msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/localedrake.xml:42
msgid "Input method"
msgstr "入力メソッド"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
"Korean, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:48
msgid ""
"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
"users should not need to configure it manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/localedrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:3
msgid "View and search system logs"
msgstr "システムログを見る"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/logdrake.xml:5
msgid "logdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:10
msgid "logdrake.png"
msgstr "logdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
"guilabel>\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:22
msgid "To do a search in the logs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:36
msgid ""
"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
"updated each time a configuration is modified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/logdrake.xml:43
msgid "To configure a mail alert"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
"(See screenshot above)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:55
msgid "The following services can be watched :"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:59
msgid "Webmin Service"
msgstr "Webmin サービス"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:63
msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
msgstr "Postfix メールサーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:67
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr "FTP サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:71
msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
msgstr "Apache WWW サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:75
msgid "SSH Server"
msgstr "SSH サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:79
msgid "Samba Server"
msgstr "samba サーバ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:83
msgid "Xinetd Service"
msgstr "Xinetd サービス"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:87
msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/logdrake.xml:91
msgid "logdrake1.png"
msgstr "logdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
"to 3 times the number of processors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/logdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
"or on the Internet)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
msgid "lsnetdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
"advance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
msgid "lspcidrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
"root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
"packages to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
msgid ""
"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
msgid "Information about the network"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
msgid ""
"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
msgid "Software Packages Update"
msgstr "RPM のアップデート"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
"emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
msgid ""
"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
"prompted to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
msgid ""
"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
msgid ""
"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
"means you can click to drop down a text."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
msgid ""
"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
msgid "Boot"
msgstr "起動"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
msgid "mcc-boot.png"
msgstr "mcc-boot.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
msgid "Configure boot steps"
msgstr "起動方法の設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
msgid "Mageia Control Center"
msgstr "Mageia コントロール センター"

#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
msgid "mageia-2013.png"
msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
msgid ""
"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
msgstr ""
"本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継"
"承 3.0 ライセンス <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
"sa/3.0/\">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> のもとで利用"
"可能です。"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
msgid ""
"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
msgstr ""
"本マニュアルは <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> によっ"
"て開発された <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> の"
"助けを借りて作られました"

#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
msgid ""
"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
msgstr ""
"これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュ"
"アルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link> までご連絡をお願いします。"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "ハードウェア"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
msgid "Manage your hardware"
msgstr "ハードウェアの管理"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
msgid "Configure graphics"
msgstr "グラフィックスの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
msgstr "マウスとキーボードの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
msgstr "印刷とスキャンの設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
msgid "Others"
msgstr "その他"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
msgid ""
"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
"selected in the big right panel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
msgid ""
"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
msgid ""
"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
"any of the MCC tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
msgid ""
"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
"screens."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
msgid ""
"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
msgid "Local disks"
msgstr "ローカルディスク"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
msgid "Network Services"
msgstr "ネットワークサービス"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
msgid "Network Sharing"
msgstr "ネットワーク共有"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
msgstr "Windows(R) 共有の設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
msgid "Configure NFS shares"
msgstr "NFS 共有の設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
msgstr "WebDAV 共有の設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
msgid "Network and Internet"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
msgid "mcc-network.png"
msgstr "mcc-network.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
"below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
msgid "Manage your network devices"
msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの管理"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
msgstr "ネットワークのカスタマイズと保護"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
msgid "Security"
msgstr "セキュリティ"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
msgid "mcc-security.png"
msgstr "mcc-security.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
"link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "共有"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
msgid ""
"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
msgid "System"
msgstr "システム"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
msgid "mcc-system.png"
msgstr "mcc-system.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
msgid "Manage system services"
msgstr "システムサービスを管理"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
msgid "Localization"
msgstr "ローカライゼーション"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
msgid "Administration tools"
msgstr "管理ツール"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
msgid "Configure updates frequency"
msgstr "更新頻度の設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
msgid "mgaapplet-config"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
msgid ""
"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
msgstr "マウスとタッチパッドを設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
msgid "mousedrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
msgid "mousedrake.png"
msgstr "mousedrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
"immediately taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:3
msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
msgstr "MSEC: システムのセキュリティと監査"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/msecgui.xml:5
msgid "msecgui"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:13
msgid "msecgui.png"
msgstr "msecgui.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:21
msgid ""
"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
"approaches:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:28
msgid ""
"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
"make it more secure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:33
msgid ""
"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
"you if something seems dangerous."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:38
msgid ""
"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
"own customised security levels."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:45
msgid "Overview tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:47
msgid "See the screenshot above"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:49
msgid ""
"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
"button on the right side to configure them:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:54
msgid ""
"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:59
msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:64
msgid "msec itself with some information:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:68
msgid "enabled or not"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:72
msgid "the configured Base security level"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:76
msgid ""
"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
"and another button to execute the checks just now."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:86
msgid "Security settings tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:88
msgid ""
"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:94
msgid "msecgui2.png"
msgstr "msecgui2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:100
msgid "Basic security tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:106
msgid ""
"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
"following levels are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:113
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
"vulnerable to attack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:122
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
"versions)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:131
msgid ""
"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:140
msgid ""
"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
"the most common use cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:149
msgid ""
"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:156
msgid ""
"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:165
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
"level settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:173
msgid ""
"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
"enable it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:182
msgid ""
"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:190
msgid ""
"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:199
msgid "System security tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:201
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
"column."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:207
msgid "msecgui3.png"
msgstr "msecgui3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:211
msgid ""
"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
"choice."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:219
msgid "msecgui11.png"
msgstr "msecgui11.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:224
msgid ""
"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
"saving them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:232
msgid "msecgui10.png"
msgstr "msecgui10.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:238
msgid "Network security"
msgstr "ネットワーク セキュリティ"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:240
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:245
msgid "msecgui4.png"
msgstr "msecgui4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:251
msgid "Periodic checks tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:253
msgid ""
"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:257
msgid ""
"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:264
msgid "msecgui5.png"
msgstr "msecgui5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:270
msgid "Exceptions tab"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:272
msgid ""
"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
"below shows four exceptions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:280
msgid "msecgui6.png"
msgstr "msecgui6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:284
msgid ""
"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:289
msgid "msecgui7.png"
msgstr "msecgui7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:293
msgid ""
"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
#: en/msecgui.xml:303
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "権限"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:304
msgid ""
"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
"enforcement."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:306
msgid ""
"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
"done to the permissions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:318
msgid "msecgui8.png"
msgstr "msecgui8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:321
msgid ""
"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
"given rule:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:327
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
"if not, but does not change anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:333
msgid ""
"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
"permissions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:337
msgid ""
"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:339
msgid ""
"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/msecgui.xml:345
msgid "msecgui9.png"
msgstr "msecgui9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:348
msgid ""
"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:353
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:356
msgid ""
"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
"be changed by msecperms."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
#: en/msecgui.xml:363
msgid ""
"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
msgid ""
"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
"next pages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
msgid "And more tools?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
msgid "rpmdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
msgid "rpmdrake.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
"included in the packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
msgid ""
"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
msgid ""
"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
msgid "The main parts of the screen"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
msgid ""
"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
"firstterm>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
"not installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
"in the packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
msgid ""
"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
msgid ""
"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
"box ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
"sub categories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
msgid ""
"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
msgid "The status column"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
msgid ""
"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "アイコン"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
msgid "Legend"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
msgid "This package is already installed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
msgid "This package will be installed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
msgid "This package cannot be modified"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
msgid "This package is an update"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
msgid ""
"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
msgid ""
"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
msgid "The dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
msgid ""
"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
"install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
msgid "Set up scanner"
msgstr "スキャナを設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
msgid "scannerdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "インストール"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
msgid ""
"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
"message:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
msgid ""
"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
msgid "scannerdrake.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
msgid ""
"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
msgid ""
"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
"\"scannersharing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
"scanner manually</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
msgid ""
"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
msgid ""
"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
msgid ""
"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
msgid "Choose port"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
"\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
msgid ""
"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
msgid ""
"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
"similar to the one below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
msgid ""
"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
msgid "Scannersharing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
"this machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
"this computer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
msgid ""
"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
msgid ""
"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
"machines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
msgid ""
"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
"offers to do it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
"\"net\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
msgid ""
"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
"emphasis> to be started on boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
msgid "Specifics"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
msgid ""
"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
msgid "Epson"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
msgid ""
"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
msgid "Extra installation steps"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
msgid ""
"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
msgid ""
"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
msgid ""
"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
msgid ""
"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
msgid ""
"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
msgid "Software Management"
msgstr "ソフトウェアの管理"

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/software-management.xml:10
msgid "software-management.png"
msgstr "software-management.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:14
msgid ""
"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
"Click on a link below to learn more."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:17
msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:20
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:23
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/software-management.xml:26
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
msgid "Install and configure a printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
msgid "system-config-printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
msgid "system-config-printer.png"
msgstr "system-config-printer.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
msgid ""
"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
"and openSUSE."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
msgid ""
"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
msgid ""
"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
msgid "task-printing-server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
msgid "task-printing-hp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
msgid ""
"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
"dependencies are needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
msgid ""
"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
msgid "Automatically detected printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
msgid ""
"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
msgid "No automatically detected printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
msgid "printer3.png"
msgstr "printer3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
msgid ""
"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
msgid "Select printer from database"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
msgid "provide PPD file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
msgid "search for a driver to download"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
msgid ""
"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
"which know to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
msgid "Complete the installation process"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
msgid ""
"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
"printers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
msgid "Network printer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
msgid ""
"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
"another workstation that serves as printserver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
msgid ""
"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
"one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
msgid ""
"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
"after \"HWaddr\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
msgid ""
"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
"says \"host\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
msgid ""
"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
msgid ""
"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
msgid "Network printing protocols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
msgid ""
"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
"not required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
msgid ""
"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
"the same as above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
msgid "printer5.png"
msgstr "printer5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
msgid "The other protocols are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
"some ADSL-routers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
"with TLS secured protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
msgid ""
"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
"connected to a station using LPD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
msgid ""
"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
"the URI:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
msgid "Appsocket"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
msgid ""
"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
msgid "Device Properties"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
msgid ""
"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
msgid "Troubleshoot"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
msgid ""
"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
msgid ""
"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
msgid ""
"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
"drivers or for more recent devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
msgid ""
"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
msgid ""
"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
msgid ""
"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
"of the printer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
msgid ""
"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
msgid ""
"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
"protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
msgid ""
"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
"according to your architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
msgid ""
"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
msgid ""
"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
msgstr "Windows® のドキュメントと設定をインポート"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
msgid "transfugdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
msgid "transfugdrake.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
"computer as the Mageia installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
msgid ""
"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
msgid ""
"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
"explanation about the tool and import options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
msgid ""
"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
msgid ""
"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
"than yours own."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
msgid ""
"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
"incorrectly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
msgid ""
"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
"use such accounts for the import purposes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
msgid ""
"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
"documents:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
msgid ""
"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
"to import bookmarks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
"button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/userdrake.xml:11
msgid "Users and Groups"
msgstr "ユーザとグループ"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/userdrake.xml:13
msgid "userdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:18
msgid "userdrake.png"
msgstr "userdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:23
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:22
msgid ""
"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:27
msgid ""
"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
"(ID, shell, ...)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:31
msgid ""
"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:35
msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:37
msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:41
msgid "userdrake1.png"
msgstr "userdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:45
msgid ""
"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
"or nothing as well!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:49
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:52
msgid ""
"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:59
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
"you entered what you intended to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:62
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:66
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:70
msgid ""
"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:73
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:75
msgid ""
"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
"group ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:78
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:80
msgid ""
"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:83
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:87
msgid "userdrake2.png"
msgstr "userdrake2.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:91
msgid ""
"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
"accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:95
msgid ""
"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
"as the account is locked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:98
msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:100
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
"password periodically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/userdrake.xml:106
msgid "userdrake3.png"
msgstr "userdrake3.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:110
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
"that the user is a member of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:114
msgid ""
"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
"effective until his/her next login."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:120
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
"group name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:123
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
"users who are members of the group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:126
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:133
msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:136
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:138
msgid ""
"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
"refresh the display."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:141
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/userdrake.xml:143
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
"account</guimenu>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
msgid "Set up the graphical server"
msgstr "グラフィカルサーバを設定"

#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
msgid "XFdrake"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
msgid "XFdrake.png"
msgstr "XFdrake.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
msgid ""
"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
"capital letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
msgid ""
"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
"\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
msgid ""
"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
"one with a proprietary driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
msgid ""
"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
"Xorg</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
msgid ""
"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
"in your Desktop Environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
msgid ""
"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
msgid ""
"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
msgid ""
"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
msgid ""
"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
msgid "XFdrake1.png"
msgstr "XFdrake1.png"

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
"of what the selected color depth looks like."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
msgid ""
"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
"select an uncomfortable setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
msgid ""
"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
"another one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
msgid ""
"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
msgid ""
"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
"graphical environment doesn't work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
msgid ""
"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
"XFdrake's text version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
msgid ""
"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
msgid "Options:"
msgstr "オプション:"

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
"unchecked for a server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
msgid ""
"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
msgstr ""